LLVM 24.0.0git
TargetLowering.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h - Target Lowering Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file describes how to lower LLVM code to machine code. This has two
11/// main components:
12///
13/// 1. Which ValueTypes are natively supported by the target.
14/// 2. Which operations are supported for supported ValueTypes.
15/// 3. Cost thresholds for alternative implementations of certain operations.
16///
17/// In addition it has a few other components, like information about FP
18/// immediates.
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
23#define LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
24
25#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
51#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
58#include <algorithm>
59#include <cassert>
60#include <climits>
61#include <cstdint>
62#include <map>
63#include <string>
64#include <utility>
65#include <vector>
66
67namespace llvm {
68
69class AssumptionCache;
70class CCState;
71class CCValAssign;
74class Constant;
75class FastISel;
77class GlobalValue;
78class Loop;
80class IntrinsicInst;
81class IRBuilderBase;
82struct KnownBits;
83class LLVMContext;
85class MachineFunction;
86class MachineInstr;
88class MachineLoop;
90class MCContext;
91class MCExpr;
92class Module;
95class TargetMachine;
96class MCRegisterClass;
100class Value;
101class VPIntrinsic;
102
103namespace Sched {
104
106 None, // No preference
107 Source, // Follow source order.
108 RegPressure, // Scheduling for lowest register pressure.
109 Hybrid, // Scheduling for both latency and register pressure.
110 ILP, // Scheduling for ILP in low register pressure mode.
111 VLIW, // Scheduling for VLIW targets.
112 Fast, // Fast suboptimal list scheduling
113 Linearize, // Linearize DAG, no scheduling
114 Last = Linearize // Marker for the last Sched::Preference
115};
116
117} // end namespace Sched
118
119// MemOp models a memory operation, either memset or memcpy/memmove.
120struct MemOp {
121private:
122 enum class MemOpKind {
123 Memset,
124 MemsetWithZero, // memset the memory with zeros
125 Memcpy, // copy memory from source to destination, source and destination do
126 // not overlap
127 MemcpyStrSrc, // memcpy source is an in-register constant, so it does not
128 // need to be loaded
129 Memmove, // memmove: like memcpy, but source and destination regions may
130 // overlap
131 };
132
133 // Shared
134 uint64_t Size;
135 bool DstAlignCanChange; // true if destination alignment can satisfy any
136 // constraint.
137 Align DstAlign; // Specified alignment of the memory operation.
138
139 bool IsVolatile;
140 MemOpKind Kind;
141 Align SrcAlign; // Inferred alignment of the source or default value if the
142 // memory operation does not need to load the value.
143public:
144 static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
145 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile,
146 bool MemcpyStrSrc = false) {
147 MemOp Op;
148 Op.Size = Size;
149 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
150 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
151 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
152 Op.Kind = MemcpyStrSrc ? MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc : MemOpKind::Memcpy;
153 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
154 return Op;
155 }
156
157 static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
158 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile) {
159 MemOp Op;
160 Op.Size = Size;
161 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
162 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
163 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
164 Op.Kind = MemOpKind::Memmove;
165 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
166 return Op;
167 }
168
169 static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
170 bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile) {
171 MemOp Op;
172 Op.Size = Size;
173 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
174 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
175 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
176 Op.Kind = IsZeroMemset ? MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero : MemOpKind::Memset;
177 return Op;
178 }
179
180 uint64_t size() const { return Size; }
182 assert(!DstAlignCanChange);
183 return DstAlign;
184 }
185 bool isFixedDstAlign() const { return !DstAlignCanChange; }
186 bool isVolatile() const { return IsVolatile; }
187 bool isMemset() const {
188 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memset || Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero;
189 }
190 bool isMemcpy() const {
191 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memcpy || Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc;
192 }
193 bool isMemmove() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::Memmove; }
194 bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const { return isMemcpy() || isMemmove(); }
196 return isMemcpyOrMemmove() && !DstAlignCanChange;
197 }
198 bool isZeroMemset() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero; }
199 bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc; }
201 assert(isMemcpyOrMemmove() && "Must be a memcpy or memmove");
202 return SrcAlign;
203 }
204 bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
205 return isMemset() || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, SrcAlign.value());
206 }
207 bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
208 return DstAlignCanChange || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, DstAlign.value());
209 }
210 bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
211 return isSrcAligned(AlignCheck) && isDstAligned(AlignCheck);
212 }
213};
214
215/// This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent
216/// parts that can be used from the rest of CodeGen.
218public:
219 /// This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not,
220 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
222 Legal, // The target natively supports this operation.
223 Promote, // This operation should be executed in a larger type.
224 Expand, // Try to expand this to other ops, otherwise use a libcall.
225 LibCall, // Don't try to expand this to other ops, always use a libcall.
226 Custom // Use the LowerOperation hook to implement custom lowering.
227 };
228
229 /// This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not,
230 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
232 TypeLegal, // The target natively supports this type.
233 TypePromoteInteger, // Replace this integer with a larger one.
234 TypeExpandInteger, // Split this integer into two of half the size.
235 TypeSoftenFloat, // Convert this float to a same size integer type.
236 TypeExpandFloat, // Split this float into two of half the size.
237 TypeScalarizeVector, // Replace this one-element vector with its element.
238 TypeSplitVector, // Split this vector into two of half the size.
239 TypeWidenVector, // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
240 TypeSoftPromoteHalf, // Soften half to i16 and use float to do arithmetic.
241 TypeScalarizeScalableVector, // This action is explicitly left
242 // unimplemented. While it is theoretically
243 // possible to legalize operations on scalable
244 // types with a loop that handles the vscale *
245 // #lanes of the vector, this is non-trivial at
246 // SelectionDAG level and these types are
247 // better to be widened or promoted.
248 };
249
250 /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
251 /// in order to type-legalize it.
252 using LegalizeKind = std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT>;
253
254 /// Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
256 UndefinedBooleanContent, // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
257 ZeroOrOneBooleanContent, // All bits zero except for bit 0.
258 ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
259 };
260
261 /// Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
263 ScalarValSelect, // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
264 ScalarCondVectorVal, // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
265 // and vector values (ex: cmov).
266 VectorMaskSelect // The target supports vector selects with a vector
267 // mask (ex: x86 blends).
268 };
269
270 /// Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded
271 /// to, if at all. Exists because different targets have different levels of
272 /// support for these atomic instructions, and also have different options
273 /// w.r.t. what they should expand to.
275 None, // Don't expand the instruction.
276 CastToInteger, // Cast the atomic instruction to another type, e.g. from
277 // floating-point to integer type.
278 LLSC, // Expand the instruction into loadlinked/storeconditional; used
279 // by ARM/AArch64/PowerPC.
280 LLOnly, // Expand the (load) instruction into just a load-linked, which has
281 // greater atomic guarantees than a normal load.
282 CmpXChg, // Expand the instruction into cmpxchg; used by at least X86.
283 MaskedIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for the LL/SC loop.
284 BitTestIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special bit
285 // operations; used by X86.
286 CmpArithIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special compare
287 // operations; used by X86.
288 Expand, // Generic expansion in terms of other atomic operations.
289 CustomExpand, // Custom target-specific expansion using TLI hooks.
290
291 // Rewrite to a non-atomic form for use in a known non-preemptible
292 // environment.
294 };
295
296 /// Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
297 enum class MulExpansionKind {
298 Always, // Always expand the instruction.
299 OnlyLegalOrCustom, // Only expand when the resulting instructions are legal
300 // or custom.
301 };
302
303 /// Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
304 enum class NegatibleCost {
305 Cheaper = 0, // Negated expression is cheaper.
306 Neutral = 1, // Negated expression has the same cost.
307 Expensive = 2 // Negated expression is more expensive.
308 };
309
310 /// Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...),
311 /// (setcc ...)).
313 None = 0, // No fold is preferable.
314 AddAnd = 1, // Fold with `Add` op and `And` op is preferable.
315 NotAnd = 2, // Fold with `Not` op and `And` op is preferable.
316 ABS = 4, // Fold with `llvm.abs` op is preferable.
317 };
318
320 public:
323 /// Original unlegalized argument type.
325 /// Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
327 bool IsSExt : 1;
328 bool IsZExt : 1;
329 bool IsNoExt : 1;
330 bool IsInReg : 1;
331 bool IsSRet : 1;
332 bool IsNest : 1;
333 bool IsByVal : 1;
334 bool IsByRef : 1;
335 bool IsInAlloca : 1;
337 bool IsReturned : 1;
338 bool IsSwiftSelf : 1;
339 bool IsSwiftAsync : 1;
340 bool IsSwiftError : 1;
342 MaybeAlign Alignment = std::nullopt;
343 Type *IndirectType = nullptr;
344
351
354
356
357 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const CallBase *Call, unsigned ArgIdx);
358 };
359 using ArgListTy = std::vector<ArgListEntry>;
360
362 switch (Content) {
364 // Extend by adding rubbish bits.
365 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
367 // Extend by adding zero bits.
368 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
370 // Extend by copying the sign bit.
371 return ISD::SIGN_EXTEND;
372 }
373 llvm_unreachable("Invalid content kind");
374 }
375
376 explicit TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM,
377 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
381
382 /// Return true if the target support strict float operation
383 bool isStrictFPEnabled() const {
384 return IsStrictFPEnabled;
385 }
386
387protected:
388 /// Initialize all of the actions to default values.
389 void initActions();
390
391public:
392 const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
393
394 virtual bool useSoftFloat() const { return false; }
395
396 /// Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
397 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
398 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
399 virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
400 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
401 }
402
403 /// Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
404 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
405 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
406 virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
407 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
408 }
409
410 /// Return the type for frame index, which is determined by
411 /// the alloca address space specified through the data layout.
413 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace());
414 }
415
416 /// Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program
417 /// address space specified through the data layout.
419 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getProgramAddressSpace());
420 }
421
422 /// Return the type for operands of fence.
423 /// TODO: Let fence operands be of i32 type and remove this.
424 virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
425 return getPointerTy(DL);
426 }
427
428 /// Return the type to use for a scalar shift opcode, given the shifted amount
429 /// type. Targets should return a legal type if the input type is legal.
430 /// Targets can return a type that is too small if the input type is illegal.
431 virtual MVT getScalarShiftAmountTy(const DataLayout &, EVT) const;
432
433 /// Returns the type for the shift amount of a shift opcode. For vectors,
434 /// returns the input type. For scalars, calls getScalarShiftAmountTy.
435 /// If getScalarShiftAmountTy type cannot represent all possible shift
436 /// amounts, returns MVT::i32.
437 EVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy, const DataLayout &DL) const;
438
439 /// Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted
440 /// amount type is \p ShiftValueTy.
442 virtual LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const {
443 return ShiftValueTy;
444 }
445
446 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations. By
447 /// default we assume it will have the same size as an address space 0
448 /// pointer.
449 virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const {
450 return DL.getPointerSizeInBits(0);
451 }
452
453 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
454 /// ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
455 /// ISD::INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and ISD::EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
459
460 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
461 /// G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
462 /// G_INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and G_EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
465 }
466
467 /// Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes:
468 /// ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB, etc. It must be a legal scalar integer type,
469 /// and must be at least as large as i32. The EVL is implicitly zero-extended
470 /// to any larger type.
471 virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const { return MVT::i32; }
472
473 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add
474 /// target-specific MachineMemOperand flags to them. The default
475 /// implementation does nothing.
479
480 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
481 /// The default implementation does nothing.
486
487 MachineMemOperand::Flags getLoadMemOperandFlags(
488 const LoadInst &LI, const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr,
489 const TargetLibraryInfo *LibInfo = nullptr,
491 MachineMemOperand::Flags getStoreMemOperandFlags(const StoreInst &SI,
492 const DataLayout &DL) const;
493 MachineMemOperand::Flags getAtomicMemOperandFlags(const Instruction &AI,
494 const DataLayout &DL) const;
496 getVPIntrinsicMemOperandFlags(const VPIntrinsic &VPIntrin) const;
497
498 virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind /*kind*/) const {
499 return true;
500 }
501
502 /// Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded
503 /// using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
504 virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const {
505 return true;
506 }
507
508 virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF,
509 bool IsScalable) const {
510 return true;
511 }
512
513 /// Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be
514 /// expanded using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
515 virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const { return true; }
516
517 /// Return the minimum number of bits required to hold the maximum possible
518 /// number of trailing zero vector elements.
519 unsigned getBitWidthForCttzElements(EVT RetVT, ElementCount EC,
520 bool ZeroIsPoison,
521 const ConstantRange *VScaleRange) const;
522
523 /// Return true if the @llvm.experimental.vector.match intrinsic should be
524 /// expanded for vector type `VT' and search size `SearchSize' using generic
525 /// code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
526 virtual bool shouldExpandVectorMatch(EVT VT, unsigned SearchSize) const {
527 return true;
528 }
529
530 // Return true if op(vecreduce(x), vecreduce(y)) should be reassociated to
531 // vecreduce(op(x, y)) for the reduction opcode RedOpc.
532 virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const {
533 return true;
534 }
535
536 /// Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into
537 /// a constant pool load whose address depends on the select condition. The
538 /// parameter may be used to differentiate a select with FP compare from
539 /// integer compare.
540 virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const {
541 return true;
542 }
543
544 /// Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that
545 /// can be used to store the results of comparisons for use by selects
546 /// and conditional branches. With multiple condition registers, the code
547 /// generator will not aggressively sink comparisons into the blocks of their
548 /// users. \p VT is the type of the condition value, e.g. the type of the
549 /// result of a comparison.
550 virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const { return false; }
551
552 /// Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
553 bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const { return HasExtractBitsInsn; }
554
555 /// Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
558 // The default action for one element vectors is to scalarize
560 return TypeScalarizeVector;
561 // The default action for an odd-width vector is to widen.
562 if (!VT.isPow2VectorType())
563 return TypeWidenVector;
564 // The default action for other vectors is to promote
565 return TypePromoteInteger;
566 }
567
568 // Return true if, for soft-promoted half, the half type should be passed to
569 // and returned from functions as f32. The default behavior is to pass as
570 // i16. If soft-promoted half is not used, this function is ignored and
571 // values are always passed and returned as f32.
572 virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const { return false; }
573
574 // There are two general methods for expanding a BUILD_VECTOR node:
575 // 1. Use SCALAR_TO_VECTOR on the defined scalar values and then shuffle
576 // them together.
577 // 2. Build the vector on the stack and then load it.
578 // If this function returns true, then method (1) will be used, subject to
579 // the constraint that all of the necessary shuffles are legal (as determined
580 // by isShuffleMaskLegal). If this function returns false, then method (2) is
581 // always used. The vector type, and the number of defined values, are
582 // provided.
583 virtual bool
585 unsigned DefinedValues) const {
586 return DefinedValues < 3;
587 }
588
589 /// Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of
590 /// several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
591 /// The definition of "cheaper" may depend on whether we're optimizing
592 /// for speed or for size.
593 virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const { return false; }
594
595 /// Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
596 virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const {
597 return true;
598 }
599
600 /// Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
601 virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
602 // Default behavior is to replace SQRT(X) with X*RSQRT(X).
603 return false;
604 }
605
606 /// Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
611 };
612
613 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a square root of the given type
614 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
615 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
616 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
617 int getRecipEstimateSqrtEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
618
619 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a division of the given type
620 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
621 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
622 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
623 int getRecipEstimateDivEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
624
625 /// Return the refinement step count for a square root of the given type based
626 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
627 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
628 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
629 int getSqrtRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
630
631 /// Return the refinement step count for a division of the given type based
632 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
633 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
634 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
635 int getDivRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
636
637 /// Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
638 bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
639
640 /// Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding
641 /// fast types
643 return BypassSlowDivWidths;
644 }
645
646 /// Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be
647 /// avoided.
648 bool isJumpExpensive() const { return JumpIsExpensive; }
649
650 // Costs parameters used by
651 // SelectionDAGBuilder::shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether.
652 // shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether will use these parameter value to
653 // determine if two conditions in the form `br (and/or cond1, cond2)` should
654 // be split into two branches or left as one.
655 //
656 // BaseCost is the cost threshold (in latency). If the estimated latency of
657 // computing both `cond1` and `cond2` is below the cost of just computing
658 // `cond1` + BaseCost, the two conditions will be kept together. Otherwise
659 // they will be split.
660 //
661 // LikelyBias increases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that it
662 // is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
663 //
664 // UnlikelyBias decreases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that
665 // it is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
666 //
667 // Set any field to -1 to make it ignored (setting BaseCost to -1 results in
668 // `shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether` always returning false).
674 // Return params for deciding if we should keep two branch conditions merged
675 // or split them into two separate branches.
676 // Arg0: The binary op joining the two conditions (and/or).
677 // Arg1: The first condition (cond1)
678 // Arg2: The second condition (cond2)
679 // Arg3: The containing function.
680 virtual CondMergingParams
682 const Value *, const Function *) const {
683 // -1 will always result in splitting.
684 return {-1, -1, -1};
685 }
686
687 /// Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is
688 /// unlikely to be predicted right.
692
693 virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const {
694 return false;
695 }
696
697 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
698 /// fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x)
699 /// On architectures that don't natively support some vector loads
700 /// efficiently, casting the load to a smaller vector of larger types and
701 /// loading is more efficient, however, this can be undone by optimizations in
702 /// dag combiner.
703 virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT,
704 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
705 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const;
706
707 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
708 /// (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x, (x*))
709 virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT,
710 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
711 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const {
712 // Default to the same logic as loads.
713 return isLoadBitCastBeneficial(StoreVT, BitcastVT, DAG, MMO);
714 }
715
716 /// Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector
717 /// constant with the given size and type for the address space than to
718 /// store the individual scalar element constants.
719 virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT,
720 unsigned NumElem,
721 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
722 return IsZero;
723 }
724
725 /// Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition
726 /// to before legalization. This may transform stores that do not exist
727 /// earlier (for example, stores created from intrinsics).
728 virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const {
729 return true;
730 }
731
732 /// Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
733 virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT,
734 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
735 return true;
736 }
737
738 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
739 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const {
740 return false;
741 }
742
743 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
744 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const {
745 return false;
746 }
747
748 /// Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
749 virtual bool isCtlzFast() const {
750 return false;
751 }
752
753 /// Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
754 virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const {
755 return isOperationLegal(ISD::CTPOP, VT);
756 }
757
758 /// Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done
759 /// instead of deferring to a custom CTPOP.
760 virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const {
761 return 1;
762 }
763
764 /// Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded
765 /// with instruction generated for signed comparison.
766 virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const { return true; }
767
768 /// Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code
769 /// gen prepare.
770 virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const { return false; }
771
772 /// Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val
773 /// from a pair of smaller values into multiple stores.
774 virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const {
775 return false;
776 }
777
778 /// Return if the target supports combining a
779 /// chain like:
780 /// \code
781 /// %andResult = and %val1, #mask
782 /// %icmpResult = icmp %andResult, 0
783 /// \endcode
784 /// into a single machine instruction of a form like:
785 /// \code
786 /// cc = test %register, #mask
787 /// \endcode
788 virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const {
789 return false;
790 }
791
792 /// Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
793 virtual bool
795 const MemSDNode &NodeY) const {
796 return true;
797 }
798
799 /// Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient. For example:
800 /// and (seteq A, B), (seteq C, D) --> seteq (or (xor A, B), (xor C, D)), 0
801 /// This should be true when it takes more than one instruction to lower
802 /// setcc (cmp+set on x86 scalar), when bitwise ops are faster than logic on
803 /// condition bits (crand on PowerPC), and/or when reducing cmp+br is a win.
804 virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const {
805 return false;
806 }
807
808 /// Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare
809 /// integer values of the given size. Assume that any legal integer type can
810 /// be compared efficiently. Targets may override this to allow illegal wide
811 /// types to return a vector type if there is support to compare that type.
812 virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const {
813 MVT VT = MVT::getIntegerVT(NumBits);
815 }
816
817 /// Return true if the target should transform:
818 /// (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0
819 /// (X & Y) != Y ---> (~X & Y) != 0
820 ///
821 /// This may be profitable if the target has a bitwise and-not operation that
822 /// sets comparison flags. A target may want to limit the transformation based
823 /// on the type of Y or if Y is a constant.
824 ///
825 /// Note that the transform will not occur if Y is known to be a power-of-2
826 /// because a mask and compare of a single bit can be handled by inverting the
827 /// predicate, for example:
828 /// (X & 8) == 8 ---> (X & 8) != 0
829 virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const {
830 return false;
831 }
832
833 /// Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation:
834 /// X = ~A & B
835 /// This can be used to simplify select or other instructions.
836 virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const {
837 // If the target has the more complex version of this operation, assume that
838 // it has this operation too.
839 return hasAndNotCompare(X);
840 }
841
842 /// Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction:
843 /// (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0
844 /// This knowledge can be used to prevent breaking the pattern,
845 /// or creating it if it could be recognized.
846 virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const { return false; }
847
848 /// There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high):
849 /// Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine canonical form)
850 /// Shifts: x >> y << y
851 /// Return true if the variant with 2 variable shifts is preferred.
852 /// Return false if there is no preference.
854 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
855 return false;
856 }
857
858 /// Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
859 /// This is usually true on most targets. But some targets, like Thumb1,
860 /// have immediate shift instructions, but no immediate "and" instruction;
861 /// this makes the fold unprofitable.
862 virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const {
863 return true;
864 }
865
866 /// Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation
867 /// down into KeptBits would be truncating or not:
868 /// (add %x, (1 << (KeptBits-1))) srccond (1 << KeptBits)
869 /// Into it's more traditional form:
870 /// ((%x << C) a>> C) dstcond %x
871 /// Return true if we should transform.
872 /// Return false if there is no preference.
874 unsigned KeptBits) const {
875 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
876 return false;
877 }
878
879 /// Given the pattern
880 /// (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0
881 /// return true if it should be transformed into:
882 /// ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
883 /// WARNING: if 'X' is a constant, the fold may deadlock!
884 /// FIXME: we could avoid passing XC, but we can't use isConstOrConstSplat()
885 /// here because it can end up being not linked in.
888 unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode,
889 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
890 if (hasBitTest(X, Y)) {
891 // One interesting pattern that we'd want to form is 'bit test':
892 // ((1 << Y) & C) ==/!= 0
893 // But we also need to be careful not to try to reverse that fold.
894
895 // Is this '1 << Y' ?
896 if (OldShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && CC->isOne())
897 return false; // Keep the 'bit test' pattern.
898
899 // Will it be '1 << Y' after the transform ?
900 if (XC && NewShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && XC->isOne())
901 return true; // Do form the 'bit test' pattern.
902 }
903
904 // If 'X' is a constant, and we transform, then we will immediately
905 // try to undo the fold, thus causing endless combine loop.
906 // So by default, let's assume everyone prefers the fold
907 // iff 'X' is not a constant.
908 return !XC;
909 }
910
911 // Return true if its desirable to perform the following transform:
912 // (fmul C, (uitofp Pow2))
913 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (add (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
914 // (fdiv C, (uitofp Pow2))
915 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (sub (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
916 //
917 // This is only queried after we have verified the transform will be bitwise
918 // equals.
919 //
920 // SDNode *N : The FDiv/FMul node we want to transform.
921 // SDValue FPConst: The Float constant operand in `N`.
922 // SDValue IntPow2: The Integer power of 2 operand in `N`.
924 SDValue IntPow2) const {
925 // Default to avoiding fdiv which is often very expensive.
926 return N->getOpcode() == ISD::FDIV;
927 }
928
929 // Given:
930 // (icmp eq/ne (and X, C0), (shift X, C1))
931 // or
932 // (icmp eq/ne X, (rotate X, CPow2))
933
934 // If C0 is a mask or shifted mask and the shift amt (C1) isolates the
935 // remaining bits (i.e something like `(x64 & UINT32_MAX) == (x64 >> 32)`)
936 // Do we prefer the shift to be shift-right, shift-left, or rotate.
937 // Note: Its only valid to convert the rotate version to the shift version iff
938 // the shift-amt (`C1`) is a power of 2 (including 0).
939 // If ShiftOpc (current Opcode) is returned, do nothing.
941 EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate,
942 const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt,
943 const std::optional<APInt> &AndMask) const {
944 return ShiftOpc;
945 }
946
947 /// These two forms are equivalent:
948 /// sub %y, (xor %x, -1)
949 /// add (add %x, 1), %y
950 /// The variant with two add's is IR-canonical.
951 /// Some targets may prefer one to the other.
952 virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const {
953 // By default, let's assume that everyone prefers the form with two add's.
954 return true;
955 }
956
957 // By default prefer folding (abs (sub nsw x, y)) -> abds(x, y). Some targets
958 // may want to avoid this to prevent loss of sub_nsw pattern.
959 virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const {
960 return true;
961 }
962
963 // Return true if the target wants to transform Op(Splat(X)) -> Splat(Op(X))
964 virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const { return true; }
965
966 // Return true if the target wants to transform:
967 // (TruncVT truncate(sext_in_reg(VT X, ExtVT))
968 // -> (TruncVT sext_in_reg(truncate(VT X), ExtVT))
969 // Some targets might prefer pre-sextinreg to improve truncation/saturation.
970 virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const {
971 return true;
972 }
973
974 /// Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that
975 /// turns ext(promotableInst1(...(promotableInstN(load)))) into
976 /// promotedInst1(...(promotedInstN(ext(load)))).
978
979 /// Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,
980 /// Idx).
981 /// \p Cost[out] gives the cost of that transformation when this is true.
982 virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx,
983 unsigned &Cost) const {
984 return false;
985 }
986
987 /// Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store
988 /// given that the vector is known to be splat of constant.
989 /// \p Index[out] gives the index of the vector element to be extracted when
990 /// this is true.
992 Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const {
993 return false;
994 }
995
996 /// Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef
997 /// vector is more efficiently handled by splatting the scalar instead.
998 virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const {
999 return false;
1000 }
1001
1002 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1003 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1004 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1005 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const { return false; }
1006
1007 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1008 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1009 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1010 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const { return false; }
1011
1012 /// Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
1013 virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context,
1014 EVT VT) const;
1015
1016 /// Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls. Comparison libcalls include
1017 /// floating point comparison calls, and Ordered/Unordered check calls on
1018 /// floating point numbers.
1020 return MVT::i32; // return the default value
1021 }
1022
1023 /// For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits
1024 /// of boolean values held in types wider than i1.
1025 ///
1026 /// "Boolean values" are special true/false values produced by nodes like
1027 /// SETCC and consumed (as the condition) by nodes like SELECT and BRCOND.
1028 /// Not to be confused with general values promoted from i1. Some cpus
1029 /// distinguish between vectors of boolean and scalars; the isVec parameter
1030 /// selects between the two kinds. For example on X86 a scalar boolean should
1031 /// be zero extended from i1, while the elements of a vector of booleans
1032 /// should be sign extended from i1.
1033 ///
1034 /// Some cpus also treat floating point types the same way as they treat
1035 /// vectors instead of the way they treat scalars.
1036 BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const {
1037 if (isVec)
1038 return BooleanVectorContents;
1039 return isFloat ? BooleanFloatContents : BooleanContents;
1040 }
1041
1043 return getBooleanContents(Type.isVector(), Type.isFloatingPoint());
1044 }
1045
1046 /// Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
1047 /// A target boolean is an integer value, not necessarily of type i1, the bits
1048 /// of which conform to getBooleanContents.
1049 ///
1050 /// ValVT is the type of values that produced the boolean.
1052 EVT ValVT) const {
1053 SDLoc dl(Bool);
1054 EVT BoolVT =
1055 getSetCCResultType(DAG.getDataLayout(), *DAG.getContext(), ValVT);
1057 return DAG.getNode(ExtendCode, dl, BoolVT, Bool);
1058 }
1059
1060 /// Return target scheduling preference.
1062 return SchedPreferenceInfo;
1063 }
1064
1065 /// Some scheduler, e.g. hybrid, can switch to different scheduling heuristics
1066 /// for different nodes. This function returns the preference (or none) for
1067 /// the given node.
1069 return Sched::None;
1070 }
1071
1072 /// Return the register class that should be used for the specified value
1073 /// type.
1074 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent = false) const {
1075 (void)isDivergent;
1076 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1077 assert(RC && "This value type is not natively supported!");
1078 return RC;
1079 }
1080
1081 /// Allows target to decide about the register class of the
1082 /// specific value that is live outside the defining block.
1083 /// Returns true if the value needs uniform register class.
1085 const Value *) const {
1086 return false;
1087 }
1088
1089 /// Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value
1090 /// type.
1091 ///
1092 /// The 'representative' register class is the largest legal super-reg
1093 /// register class for the register class of the value type. For example, on
1094 /// i386 the rep register class for i8, i16, and i32 are GR32; while the rep
1095 /// register class is GR64 on x86_64.
1096 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const {
1097 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RepRegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1098 return RC;
1099 }
1100
1101 /// Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified
1102 /// value type.
1104 return RepRegClassCostForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1105 }
1106
1107 /// Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with
1108 /// \p ExpansionFactor being the recursion depth - how many expansion needed.
1114 virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy
1116 unsigned ExpansionFactor) const {
1117 if (ExpansionFactor == 1)
1120 }
1121
1122 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
1123 /// This means that it has a register that directly holds it without
1124 /// promotions or expansions.
1125 bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const {
1126 assert(!VT.isSimple() ||
1127 (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
1128 return VT.isSimple() && RegClassForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy] != nullptr;
1129 }
1130
1132 /// ValueTypeActions - For each value type, keep a LegalizeTypeAction enum
1133 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the type.
1134 LegalizeTypeAction ValueTypeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
1135
1136 public:
1137 ValueTypeActionImpl() { llvm::fill(ValueTypeActions, TypeLegal); }
1138
1140 return ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy];
1141 }
1142
1144 ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy] = Action;
1145 }
1146 };
1147
1149 return ValueTypeActions;
1150 }
1151
1152 /// Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to
1153 /// happen to EVT (second) in order to type-legalize it.
1154 ///
1155 /// First: how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1156 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1157 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1158 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1159 ///
1160 /// Second: for types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
1161 /// For types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger
1162 /// type to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest
1163 /// integer register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the
1164 /// smaller register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the
1165 /// integer type to transform to.
1166 LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const;
1167
1168 /// Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1169 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1170 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1171 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1173 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).first;
1174 }
1176 return ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(VT);
1177 }
1178
1179 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1180 /// types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger type
1181 /// to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest integer
1182 /// register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the smaller
1183 /// register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the integer type
1184 /// to transform to.
1185 virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1186 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).second;
1187 }
1188
1189 /// Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
1190 /// Useful for vector operations that might take multiple steps to legalize.
1192 EVT LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1193 while (LegalVT != VT) {
1194 VT = LegalVT;
1195 LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1196 }
1197 return LegalVT;
1198 }
1199
1200 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1201 /// types that must be expanded (i.e. integer types that are larger than the
1202 /// largest integer register or illegal floating point types), this returns
1203 /// the largest legal type it will be expanded to.
1204 EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1205 assert(!VT.isVector());
1206 while (true) {
1207 switch (getTypeAction(Context, VT)) {
1208 case TypeLegal:
1209 return VT;
1210 case TypeExpandInteger:
1211 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1212 break;
1213 default:
1214 llvm_unreachable("Type is not legal nor is it to be expanded!");
1215 }
1216 }
1217 }
1218
1219 /// Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
1220 /// For example, EVT::v8f32 maps to 2 EVT::v4f32 with Altivec or SSE1, or 8
1221 /// promoted EVT::f64 values with the X86 FP stack. Similarly, EVT::v2i64
1222 /// turns into 4 EVT::i32 values with both PPC and X86.
1223 ///
1224 /// This method returns the number of registers needed, and the VT for each
1225 /// register. It also returns the VT and quantity of the intermediate values
1226 /// before they are promoted/expanded.
1227 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
1228 EVT &IntermediateVT,
1229 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
1230 MVT &RegisterVT) const;
1231
1232 /// Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are
1233 /// always broken down into scalars in some contexts. This occurs even if the
1234 /// vector type is legal.
1236 LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT,
1237 unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1238 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, IntermediateVT, NumIntermediates,
1239 RegisterVT);
1240 }
1241
1243 unsigned opc = 0; // target opcode
1244 EVT memVT; // memory VT
1245
1246 // value representing memory location
1248
1249 // Fallback address space for use if ptrVal is nullptr. std::nullopt means
1250 // unknown address space.
1251 std::optional<unsigned> fallbackAddressSpace;
1252
1253 int offset = 0; // offset off of ptrVal
1254 uint64_t size = 0; // the size of the memory location
1255 // (taken from memVT if zero)
1256 MaybeAlign align = Align(1); // alignment
1257
1262 IntrinsicInfo() = default;
1263 };
1264
1265 /// Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map
1266 /// to a MemIntrinsicNode (touches memory). If this is the case, it stores
1267 /// the intrinsic information into the IntrinsicInfo vector passed to the
1268 /// function. The vector may contain multiple entries for intrinsics that
1269 /// access multiple memory locations.
1271 const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF,
1272 unsigned Intrinsic) const {}
1273
1274 /// Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP
1275 /// immediate natively. If false, the legalizer will materialize the FP
1276 /// immediate as a load from a constant pool.
1277 virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, EVT /*VT*/,
1278 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1279 return false;
1280 }
1281
1282 /// Targets can use this to indicate that they only support *some*
1283 /// VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations, those with specific masks. By default, if a
1284 /// target supports the VECTOR_SHUFFLE node, all mask values are assumed to be
1285 /// legal.
1286 virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef<int> /*Mask*/, EVT /*VT*/) const {
1287 return true;
1288 }
1289
1290 /// Returns true if the operation can trap for the value type.
1291 ///
1292 /// VT must be a legal type. By default, we optimistically assume most
1293 /// operations don't trap except for integer divide and remainder.
1294 virtual bool canOpTrap(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const;
1295
1296 /// Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal. Targets can use this to indicate if there
1297 /// is a suitable VECTOR_SHUFFLE that can be used to replace a VAND with a
1298 /// constant pool entry.
1300 EVT /*VT*/) const {
1301 return false;
1302 }
1303
1304 /// How to legalize this custom operation?
1306 return Legal;
1307 }
1308
1309 /// Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to
1310 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1311 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1313 // If a target-specific SDNode requires legalization, require the target
1314 // to provide custom legalization for it.
1315 if (Op >= std::size(OpActions[0]))
1316 return Custom;
1317 if (VT.isExtended())
1318 return Expand;
1319 return OpActions[(unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy][Op];
1320 }
1321
1322 /// Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which
1323 /// may require a scale is supported natively by the target.
1324 /// If not, the operation is illegal.
1325 virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT,
1326 unsigned Scale) const {
1327 return false;
1328 }
1329
1330 /// Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but
1331 /// only for specific scales. This method allows for checking
1332 /// if the width is supported by the target for a given operation that may
1333 /// depend on scale.
1335 unsigned Scale) const {
1336 auto Action = getOperationAction(Op, VT);
1337 if (Action != Legal)
1338 return Action;
1339
1340 // This operation is supported in this type but may only work on specific
1341 // scales.
1342 bool Supported;
1343 switch (Op) {
1344 default:
1345 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point operation.");
1346 case ISD::SMULFIX:
1347 case ISD::SMULFIXSAT:
1348 case ISD::UMULFIX:
1349 case ISD::UMULFIXSAT:
1350 case ISD::SDIVFIX:
1351 case ISD::SDIVFIXSAT:
1352 case ISD::UDIVFIX:
1353 case ISD::UDIVFIXSAT:
1354 Supported = isSupportedFixedPointOperation(Op, VT, Scale);
1355 break;
1356 }
1357
1358 return Supported ? Action : Expand;
1359 }
1360
1361 // If Op is a strict floating-point operation, return the result
1362 // of getOperationAction for the equivalent non-strict operation.
1364 unsigned EqOpc;
1365 switch (Op) {
1366 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FP pseudo-opcode");
1367#define DAG_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1368 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::DAGN; break;
1369#define CMP_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1370 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::SETCC; break;
1371#include "llvm/IR/ConstrainedOps.def"
1372 }
1373
1374 return getOperationAction(EqOpc, VT);
1375 }
1376
1377 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1378 /// made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide high-level
1379 /// lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths
1380 /// traversed pre and post legalisation.
1382 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1383 if (LegalOnly)
1384 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1385
1386 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1387 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1388 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
1389 }
1390
1391 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1392 /// made legal using promotion. This is used to help guide high-level lowering
1393 /// decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths traversed
1394 /// pre and post legalisation.
1396 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1397 if (LegalOnly)
1398 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1399
1400 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1401 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1402 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1403 }
1404
1405 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1406 /// made legal with custom lowering or using promotion. This is used to help
1407 /// guide high-level lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience
1408 /// for code paths traversed pre and post legalisation.
1410 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1411 if (LegalOnly)
1412 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1413
1414 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1415 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1416 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom ||
1417 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1418 }
1419
1420 /// Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether
1421 /// the type is legal or not.
1422 bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1423 return getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom;
1424 }
1425
1426 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
1427 virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const {
1428 if (Fn->getFnAttribute("no-jump-tables").getValueAsBool())
1429 return false;
1430
1431 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BR_JT, MVT::Other) ||
1433 }
1434
1435 /// Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
1436 bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High,
1437 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1438 // FIXME: Using the pointer type doesn't seem ideal.
1439 uint64_t BW = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(0u);
1440 uint64_t Range = (High - Low).getLimitedValue(UINT64_MAX - 1) + 1;
1441 return Range <= BW;
1442 }
1443
1444 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is suitable for a set of case
1445 /// clusters which may contain \p NumCases cases, \p Range range of values.
1446 virtual bool isSuitableForJumpTable(const SwitchInst *SI, uint64_t NumCases,
1448 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) const;
1449
1450 /// Returns preferred type for switch condition.
1451 virtual MVT getPreferredSwitchConditionType(LLVMContext &Context,
1452 EVT ConditionVT) const;
1453
1454 /// Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case
1455 /// clusters which contains \p NumDests unique destinations, \p Low and
1456 /// \p High as its lowest and highest case values, and expects \p NumCmps
1457 /// case value comparisons. Check if the number of destinations, comparison
1458 /// metric, and range are all suitable.
1461 const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const {
1462 // FIXME: I don't think NumCmps is the correct metric: a single case and a
1463 // range of cases both require only one branch to lower. Just looking at the
1464 // number of clusters and destinations should be enough to decide whether to
1465 // build bit tests.
1466
1467 // To lower a range with bit tests, the range must fit the bitwidth of a
1468 // machine word.
1469 if (!rangeFitsInWord(Low, High, DL))
1470 return false;
1471
1472 unsigned NumDests = DestCmps.size();
1473 unsigned NumCmps = 0;
1474 unsigned int MaxBitTestEntry = 0;
1475 for (auto &DestCmp : DestCmps) {
1476 NumCmps += DestCmp.second;
1477 if (DestCmp.second > MaxBitTestEntry)
1478 MaxBitTestEntry = DestCmp.second;
1479 }
1480
1481 // Comparisons might be cheaper for small number of comparisons, which can
1482 // be Arch Target specific.
1483 if (MaxBitTestEntry < getMinimumBitTestCmps())
1484 return false;
1485
1486 // Decide whether it's profitable to lower this range with bit tests. Each
1487 // destination requires a bit test and branch, and there is an overall range
1488 // check branch. For a small number of clusters, separate comparisons might
1489 // be cheaper, and for many destinations, splitting the range might be
1490 // better.
1491 return (NumDests == 1 && NumCmps >= 3) || (NumDests == 2 && NumCmps >= 5) ||
1492 (NumDests == 3 && NumCmps >= 6);
1493 }
1494
1495 /// Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or
1496 /// unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide
1497 /// high-level lowering decisions.
1498 bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1499 return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
1500 }
1501
1502 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
1503 bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1504 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1505 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal;
1506 }
1507
1508 bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1509 return isOperationExpand(Op, VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == LibCall;
1510 }
1511
1512 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1513 /// through `setLoadExtAction` and `setAtomicLoadExtAction`) yield
1514 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1515 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1516 /// types.
1517 virtual LegalizeAction
1518 getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1519 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1521 }
1522
1523 /// Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal,
1524 /// needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other
1525 /// code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1526 LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1527 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1528 bool Atomic) const {
1529 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1530 return Expand;
1531 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1532 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1534 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1535 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1536
1537 LegalizeAction Action;
1538 if (Atomic) {
1539 Action =
1540 (LegalizeAction)((AtomicLoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1541 assert((Action == Legal || Action == Expand) &&
1542 "Unsupported atomic load extension action.");
1543 } else {
1544 Action = (LegalizeAction)((LoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1545 }
1546
1547 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1548 return getCustomLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType,
1549 Atomic);
1550 }
1551
1552 return Action;
1553 }
1554
1555 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
1556 bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1557 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1558 return getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic) ==
1559 Legal;
1560 }
1561
1562 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom
1563 /// on this target.
1564 bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1565 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1566 bool Atomic) const {
1567 LegalizeAction Action =
1568 getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic);
1569 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1570 }
1571
1572 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1573 /// through `setTruncStoreAction` yield
1574 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1575 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1576 /// types.
1578 Align Alignment,
1579 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1581 }
1582
1583 /// Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is
1584 /// legal, needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some
1585 /// other code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1587 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1588 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1589 return Expand;
1590 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1591 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1593 "Table isn't big enough!");
1594
1595 LegalizeAction Action = TruncStoreActions[ValI][MemI];
1596
1597 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1598 return getCustomTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1599 }
1600
1601 return Action;
1602 }
1603
1604 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this
1605 /// target.
1606 bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1607 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1608 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) &&
1609 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace) == Legal;
1610 }
1611
1612 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this
1613 /// target.
1614 bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1615 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1616 if (!isTypeLegal(ValVT))
1617 return false;
1618
1619 LegalizeAction Action =
1620 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1621 return (Action == Legal || Action == Custom);
1622 }
1623
1624 virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1625 unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const {
1626 if (LegalOnly)
1627 return isTruncStoreLegal(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1628
1629 return isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1630 }
1631
1632 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1633 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1634 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1635 LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1636 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load);
1637 }
1638
1639 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1640 bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1641 return VT.isSimple() &&
1642 (getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1643 getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1644 }
1645
1646 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1647 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1648 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1649 LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1650 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store);
1651 }
1652
1653 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1654 bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1655 return VT.isSimple() &&
1656 (getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1657 getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1658 }
1659
1660 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1661 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1662 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1663 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1664 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad);
1665 }
1666
1667 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1668 bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1669 return VT.isSimple() &&
1670 (getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1672 }
1673
1674 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1675 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1676 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1677 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1678 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore);
1679 }
1680
1681 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1682 bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1683 return VT.isSimple() &&
1684 (getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1686 }
1687
1688 /// Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires
1689 /// extending
1690 virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const { return false; }
1691
1692 // Returns true if Extend can be folded into the index of a masked gathers/scatters
1693 // on this target.
1694 virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const {
1695 return false;
1696 }
1697
1698 // Return true if the target supports a scatter/gather instruction with
1699 // indices which are scaled by the particular value. Note that all targets
1700 // must by definition support scale of 1.
1702 uint64_t ElemSize) const {
1703 // MGATHER/MSCATTER are only required to support scaling by one or by the
1704 // element size.
1705 if (Scale != ElemSize && Scale != 1)
1706 return false;
1707 return true;
1708 }
1709
1710 /// Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1711 /// to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the target has a custom
1712 /// expander for it.
1715 assert((unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
1716 ((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy >> 3) < std::size(CondCodeActions[0]) &&
1717 "Table isn't big enough!");
1718 // See setCondCodeAction for how this is encoded.
1719 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
1720 uint32_t Value = CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3];
1721 LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction) ((Value >> Shift) & 0xF);
1722 assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
1723 return Action;
1724 }
1725
1726 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of
1727 /// the specified types on this target.
1728 bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const {
1729 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal;
1730 }
1731
1732 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a
1733 /// comparison of the specified types on this target.
1735 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal ||
1736 getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Custom;
1737 }
1738
1739 /// Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type
1740 /// InputVT should be treated. Either it's legal, needs to be promoted to a
1741 /// larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the
1742 /// target has a custom expander for it.
1744 EVT InputVT) const {
1747 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy,
1748 InputVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1749 auto It = PartialReduceMLAActions.find(Key);
1750 return It != PartialReduceMLAActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1751 }
1752
1753 /// Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is
1754 /// legal or custom for this target.
1756 EVT InputVT) const {
1757 LegalizeAction Action = getPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT);
1758 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1759 }
1760
1761 /// If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the
1762 /// ValueType to promote to.
1763 MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const {
1765 "This operation isn't promoted!");
1766
1767 // See if this has an explicit type specified.
1768 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>,
1770 PromoteToType.find(std::make_pair(Op, VT.SimpleTy));
1771 if (PTTI != PromoteToType.end()) return PTTI->second;
1772
1773 assert((VT.isInteger() || VT.isFloatingPoint()) &&
1774 "Cannot autopromote this type, add it with AddPromotedToType.");
1775
1776 uint64_t VTBits = VT.getScalarSizeInBits();
1777 MVT NVT = VT;
1778 do {
1779 NVT = (MVT::SimpleValueType)(NVT.SimpleTy+1);
1780 assert(NVT.isInteger() == VT.isInteger() &&
1781 NVT.isFloatingPoint() == VT.isFloatingPoint() &&
1782 "Didn't find type to promote to!");
1783 } while (VTBits >= NVT.getScalarSizeInBits() || !isTypeLegal(NVT) ||
1784 getOperationAction(Op, NVT) == Promote);
1785 return NVT;
1786 }
1787
1789 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1790 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1791 }
1792
1793 /// Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type. This is fixed by the LLVM
1794 /// operations except for the pointer size. If AllowUnknown is true, this
1795 /// will return MVT::Other for types with no EVT counterpart (e.g. structs),
1796 /// otherwise it will assert.
1798 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1799 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1800 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1801 return getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1802
1803 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1804 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1805 // Lower vectors of pointers to native pointer types.
1806 EVT EltVT;
1807 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1808 EltVT = getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1809 else
1810 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1811 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1812 }
1813
1814 return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
1815 }
1816
1818 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1819 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1820 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1821 return getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1822
1823 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1824 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1825 EVT EltVT;
1826 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1827 EltVT = getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1828 else
1829 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1830 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1831 }
1832
1833 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1834 }
1835
1836
1837 /// Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
1839 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1840 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown).getSimpleVT();
1841 }
1842
1843 /// Returns the desired alignment for ByVal or InAlloca aggregate function
1844 /// arguments in the caller parameter area.
1845 virtual Align getByValTypeAlignment(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) const;
1846
1847 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1849 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegisterTypeForVT));
1850 return RegisterTypeForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1851 }
1852
1853 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1854 MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1855 if (VT.isSimple())
1856 return getRegisterType(VT.getSimpleVT());
1857 if (VT.isVector()) {
1858 EVT VT1;
1859 MVT RegisterVT;
1860 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1861 (void)getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1,
1862 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT);
1863 return RegisterVT;
1864 }
1865 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1866 return getRegisterType(Context, getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT));
1867 }
1868 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1869 }
1870
1871 /// Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually
1872 /// require.
1873 ///
1874 /// This is one for any types promoted to live in larger registers, but may be
1875 /// more than one for types (like i64) that are split into pieces. For types
1876 /// like i140, which are first promoted then expanded, it is the number of
1877 /// registers needed to hold all the bits of the original type. For an i140
1878 /// on a 32 bit machine this means 5 registers.
1879 ///
1880 /// RegisterVT may be passed as a way to override the default settings, for
1881 /// instance with i128 inline assembly operands on SystemZ.
1882 virtual unsigned
1884 std::optional<MVT> RegisterVT = std::nullopt) const {
1885 if (VT.isSimple()) {
1886 assert((unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy <
1887 std::size(NumRegistersForVT));
1888 return NumRegistersForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy];
1889 }
1890 if (VT.isVector()) {
1891 EVT VT1;
1892 MVT VT2;
1893 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1894 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates, VT2);
1895 }
1896 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1897 unsigned BitWidth = VT.getSizeInBits();
1898 unsigned RegWidth = getRegisterType(Context, VT).getSizeInBits();
1899 return (BitWidth + RegWidth - 1) / RegWidth;
1900 }
1901 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1902 }
1903
1904 /// Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types
1905 /// are legal for some operations and not for other operations.
1906 /// For MIPS all vector types must be passed through the integer register set.
1908 CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const {
1909 return getRegisterType(Context, VT);
1910 }
1911
1912 /// Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types. For MIPS,
1913 /// this occurs when a vector type is used, as vector are passed through the
1914 /// integer register set.
1916 CallingConv::ID CC,
1917 EVT VT) const {
1918 return getNumRegisters(Context, VT);
1919 }
1920
1921 /// Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one
1922 /// type has the alignment requirement of another type.
1924 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1925 return DL.getABITypeAlign(ArgTy);
1926 }
1927
1928 /// If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant
1929 /// of the specified type to a smaller type in order to save space and / or
1930 /// reduce runtime.
1931 virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const { return true; }
1932
1933 /// Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
1934 /// \p ByteOffset is only set if we know the pointer offset at compile time
1935 /// otherwise we should assume that additional pointer math is required.
1936 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (i32 (load x))) -> i16 load x
1937 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (srl (i32 (load x)), 16)) -> i16 load x+2
1939 SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT,
1940 std::optional<unsigned> ByteOffset = std::nullopt) const {
1941 // By default, assume that it is cheaper to extract a subvector from a wide
1942 // vector load rather than creating multiple narrow vector loads.
1943 if (NewVT.isVector() && !SDValue(Load, 0).hasOneUse())
1944 return false;
1945
1946 return true;
1947 }
1948
1949 /// Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x)
1950 /// where the sext is redundant, and use x directly.
1951 virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const { return true; }
1952
1953 /// Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits
1954 /// when storing the type to memory and the type size isn't equal to the store
1955 /// size.
1957 return VT.isScalarInteger() && !VT.isByteSized();
1958 }
1959
1960 /// When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo
1961 /// or Hi part come first? This usually follows the endianness, except
1962 /// for ppcf128, where the Hi part always comes first.
1964 return DL.isBigEndian() || VT == MVT::ppcf128;
1965 }
1966
1967 /// If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can
1968 /// perform for the specified node.
1970 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
1971 return TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] & (1 << (NT&7));
1972 }
1973
1976 }
1977
1978 /// Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
1979 virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const {
1980 return getPointerTy(DL).getSizeInBits();
1981 }
1982
1983 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memset
1984 ///
1985 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1986 /// to replace a call to llvm.memset. The value is set by the target at the
1987 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1988 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1989 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemset(bool OptSize) const;
1990
1991 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memcpy
1992 ///
1993 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1994 /// to replace a call to llvm.memcpy. The value is set by the target at the
1995 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1996 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1997 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemcpy(bool OptSize) const;
1998
1999 /// \brief Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together
2000 ///
2001 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2002 /// to glue together during lowering of llvm.memcpy. The value is set by
2003 // the target at the performance threshold for such a replacement.
2004 virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const {
2006 }
2007
2008 /// Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp
2009 ///
2010 /// This function returns the maximum number of load operations permitted
2011 /// to replace a call to memcmp. The value is set by the target at the
2012 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2013 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2014 unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const {
2016 }
2017
2018 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memmove
2019 ///
2020 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2021 /// to replace a call to llvm.memmove. The value is set by the target at the
2022 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2023 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2024 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemmove(bool OptSize) const;
2025
2026 /// Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
2027 ///
2028 /// This function returns true if the target allows unaligned memory accesses
2029 /// of the specified type in the given address space. If true, it also returns
2030 /// a relative speed of the unaligned memory access in the last argument by
2031 /// reference. The higher the speed number the faster the operation comparing
2032 /// to a number returned by another such call. This is used, for example, in
2033 /// situations where an array copy/move/set is converted to a sequence of
2034 /// store operations. Its use helps to ensure that such replacements don't
2035 /// generate code that causes an alignment error (trap) on the target machine.
2037 EVT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2039 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2040 return false;
2041 }
2042
2043 /// LLT handling variant.
2045 LLT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2047 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2048 return false;
2049 }
2050
2051 /// This function returns true if the memory access is aligned or if the
2052 /// target allows this specific unaligned memory access. If the access is
2053 /// allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative speed of the
2054 /// access (as defined by the target).
2055 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(
2056 LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2057 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2059 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2060
2061 /// Return true if the memory access of this type is aligned or if the target
2062 /// allows this specific unaligned access for the given MachineMemOperand.
2063 /// If the access is allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative
2064 /// speed of the access (as defined by the target).
2065 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(LLVMContext &Context,
2066 const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2067 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2068 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2069
2070 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2071 /// given address space and alignment. If the access is allowed, the optional
2072 /// final parameter returns the relative speed of the access (as defined by
2073 /// the target).
2074 virtual bool
2075 allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2076 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2078 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2079
2080 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2081 /// given MachineMemOperand. If the access is allowed, the optional
2082 /// final parameter returns the relative access speed (as defined by the
2083 /// target).
2084 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2085 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2086 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2087
2088 /// LLT handling variant.
2089 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, LLT Ty,
2090 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2091 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2092
2093 /// Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as
2094 /// a result of memset, memcpy, and memmove lowering.
2095 /// It returns EVT::Other if the type should be determined using generic
2096 /// target-independent logic.
2097 virtual EVT
2099 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2100 return MVT::Other;
2101 }
2102
2103 /// LLT returning variant.
2104 virtual LLT
2106 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2107 return LLT();
2108 }
2109
2110 /// Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to
2111 /// expand memcpy / memset inline.
2112 ///
2113 /// This is mostly true for all types except for some special cases. For
2114 /// example, on X86 targets without SSE2 f64 load / store are done with fldl /
2115 /// fstpl which also does type conversion. Note the specified type doesn't
2116 /// have to be legal as the hook is used before type legalization.
2117 virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT /*VT*/) const { return true; }
2118
2119 /// Return lower limit for number of blocks in a jump table.
2120 virtual unsigned getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const;
2121
2122 /// Return lower limit of the density in a jump table.
2123 unsigned getMinimumJumpTableDensity(bool OptForSize) const;
2124
2125 /// Return upper limit for number of entries in a jump table.
2126 /// Zero if no limit.
2127 unsigned getMaximumJumpTableSize() const;
2128
2129 virtual bool isJumpTableRelative() const;
2130
2131 /// Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
2132 unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const;
2133
2134 /// Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for
2135 /// scalable vectors.
2137 return MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
2138 }
2139
2140 /// If a physical register, this specifies the register that
2141 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2143 return StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
2144 }
2145
2146 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2147 /// exception address on entry to an EH pad.
2148 virtual Register
2149 getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2150 return Register();
2151 }
2152
2153 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2154 /// exception typeid on entry to a landing pad.
2155 virtual Register
2156 getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2157 return Register();
2158 }
2159
2160 virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const {
2161 reportFatalUsageError("Funclet EH is not implemented for this target");
2162 }
2163
2164 /// Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2166 return MinStackArgumentAlignment;
2167 }
2168
2169 /// Return the minimum function alignment.
2170 Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const { return MinFunctionAlignment; }
2171
2172 /// Return the preferred function alignment.
2173 Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const { return PrefFunctionAlignment; }
2174
2175 /// Return the preferred loop alignment.
2176 virtual Align getPrefLoopAlignment(MachineLoop *ML = nullptr) const;
2177
2178 /// Return the maximum amount of bytes allowed to be emitted when padding for
2179 /// alignment
2180 virtual unsigned
2181 getMaxPermittedBytesForAlignment(MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
2182
2183 /// Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not
2184 /// MinSize).
2185 virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const { return false; }
2186
2187 /// If the target has a standard location for the stack protector guard,
2188 /// returns the address of that location. Otherwise, returns nullptr.
2189 /// DEPRECATED: please override useLoadStackGuardNode and customize
2190 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD, or customize \@llvm.stackguard().
2191 virtual Value *getIRStackGuard(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2192 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2193
2194 /// Inserts necessary declarations for SSP (stack protection) purpose.
2195 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2196 virtual void insertSSPDeclarations(Module &M,
2197 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2198
2199 /// Return the variable that's previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations,
2200 /// if any, otherwise return nullptr. Should be used only when
2201 /// getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2202 virtual Value *getSDagStackGuard(const Module &M,
2203 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2204
2205 /// If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the
2206 /// frame pointer (or whichever pointer is used to address locals) into the
2207 /// stack guard value before checking it. getIRStackGuard must return nullptr
2208 /// if this returns true.
2209 virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const { return false; }
2210
2211 /// If the target has a standard stack protection check function that
2212 /// performs validation and error handling, returns the function. Otherwise,
2213 /// returns nullptr. Must be previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations.
2214 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2215 Function *getSSPStackGuardCheck(const Module &M,
2216 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2217
2218protected:
2219 Value *getDefaultSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2220 bool UseTLS) const;
2221
2222public:
2223 /// Returns the target-specific address of the unsafe stack pointer.
2224 virtual Value *
2225 getSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2226 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2227
2228 /// Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty
2229 /// string if not applicable.
2230 virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2231
2232 virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2233
2235 return "";
2236 }
2237
2238 /// Returns true if a cast from SrcAS to DestAS is "cheap", such that e.g. we
2239 /// are happy to sink it into basic blocks. A cast may be free, but not
2240 /// necessarily a no-op. e.g. a free truncate from a 64-bit to 32-bit pointer.
2241 virtual bool isFreeAddrSpaceCast(unsigned SrcAS, unsigned DestAS) const;
2242
2243 /// Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning
2244 /// the object whose address is being passed. If so then MinSize is set to the
2245 /// minimum size the object must be to be aligned and PrefAlign is set to the
2246 /// preferred alignment.
2247 virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst * /*CI*/, unsigned & /*MinSize*/,
2248 Align & /*PrefAlign*/) const {
2249 return false;
2250 }
2251
2252 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2253 /// \name Helpers for TargetTransformInfo implementations
2254 /// @{
2255
2256 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Instruction class opcode.
2257 int InstructionOpcodeToISD(unsigned Opcode) const;
2258
2259 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Intrinsic ID. Returns
2260 /// ISD::DELETED_NODE by default for an unsupported Intrinsic ID.
2261 int IntrinsicIDToISD(Intrinsic::ID ID) const;
2262
2263 /// @}
2264
2265 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2266 /// \name Helpers for atomic expansion.
2267 /// @{
2268
2269 /// Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by
2270 /// the backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well
2271 /// as ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2272 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2274 return MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
2275 }
2276
2277 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2278 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2280 return MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
2281 }
2282
2283 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the
2284 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2286 return MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
2287 }
2288
2289 /// Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction
2290 /// the backend supports. Any smaller operations are widened in
2291 /// AtomicExpandPass.
2292 ///
2293 /// Note that *unlike* operations above the maximum size, atomic ops
2294 /// are still natively supported below the minimum; they just
2295 /// require a more complex expansion.
2296 unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const { return MinCmpXchgSizeInBits; }
2297
2298 /// Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
2299 bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const { return SupportsUnalignedAtomics; }
2300
2301 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce
2302 /// ordering for this atomic. This should be true for most architectures with
2303 /// weak memory ordering. Defaults to false.
2304 virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const {
2305 return false;
2306 }
2307
2308 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing
2309 /// fence without reducing the ordering for this atomic store. Defaults to
2310 /// false.
2311 virtual bool
2313 return false;
2314 }
2315
2316 // The memory ordering that AtomicExpandPass should assign to a atomic
2317 // instruction that it has lowered by adding fences. This can be used
2318 // to "fold" one of the fences into the atomic instruction.
2319 virtual AtomicOrdering
2323
2324 // Whether to issue an atomic load for the initial word value before the
2325 // atomicrmw/cmpxchg emulation loop.
2326 // TODO: For correctness, an atomic load should be issued for all targets.
2327 // Remove this API once this is achieved
2329 return true;
2330 }
2331
2332 /// Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the
2333 /// corresponding pointee type. This may entail some non-trivial operations to
2334 /// truncate or reconstruct types that will be illegal in the backend. See
2335 /// ARMISelLowering for an example implementation.
2336 virtual Value *emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy,
2337 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2338 llvm_unreachable("Load linked unimplemented on this target");
2339 }
2340
2341 /// Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr. Return the status of the
2342 /// store. This should be 0 if the store succeeded, non-zero otherwise.
2344 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2345 llvm_unreachable("Store conditional unimplemented on this target");
2346 }
2347
2348 /// Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2349 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2350 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2351 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2353 AtomicRMWInst *AI,
2354 Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr,
2355 Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt,
2356 AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2357 llvm_unreachable("Masked atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2358 }
2359
2360 /// Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way. This is
2361 /// expected to be called when masked atomicrmw and bit test atomicrmw don't
2362 /// work, and the target supports another way to lower atomicrmw.
2363 virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const {
2365 "Generic atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2366 }
2367
2368 /// Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
2369 virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const {
2371 "Generic atomic store expansion unimplemented on this target");
2372 }
2373
2374 /// Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
2375 virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const {
2377 "Generic atomic load expansion unimplemented on this target");
2378 }
2379
2380 /// Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
2382 llvm_unreachable("Generic cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2383 }
2384
2385 /// Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2386 /// represents the combined bit test intrinsic which will be lowered at a late
2387 /// stage by the backend.
2390 "Bit test atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2391 }
2392
2393 /// Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a
2394 /// target-specific intrinsic. This represents the combined atomic and compare
2395 /// intrinsic which will be lowered at a late stage by the backend.
2398 "Compare arith atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2399 }
2400
2401 /// Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2402 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2403 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2404 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2406 IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr,
2407 Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2408 llvm_unreachable("Masked cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2409 }
2410
2411 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2412 /// \name KCFI check lowering.
2413 /// @{
2414
2417 const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const {
2418 llvm_unreachable("KCFI is not supported on this target");
2419 }
2420
2421 /// @}
2422
2423 /// Inserts in the IR a target-specific intrinsic specifying a fence.
2424 /// It is called by AtomicExpandPass before expanding an
2425 /// AtomicRMW/AtomicCmpXchg/AtomicStore/AtomicLoad
2426 /// if shouldInsertFencesForAtomic returns true.
2427 ///
2428 /// Inst is the original atomic instruction, prior to other expansions that
2429 /// may be performed.
2430 ///
2431 /// This function should either return a nullptr, or a pointer to an IR-level
2432 /// Instruction*. Even complex fence sequences can be represented by a
2433 /// single Instruction* through an intrinsic to be lowered later.
2434 ///
2435 /// The default implementation emits an IR fence before any release (or
2436 /// stronger) operation that stores, and after any acquire (or stronger)
2437 /// operation. This is generally a correct implementation, but backends may
2438 /// override if they wish to use alternative schemes (e.g. the PowerPC
2439 /// standard ABI uses a fence before a seq_cst load instead of after a
2440 /// seq_cst store).
2441 /// @{
2442 virtual Instruction *emitLeadingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2443 Instruction *Inst,
2444 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2445
2446 virtual Instruction *emitTrailingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2447 Instruction *Inst,
2448 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2449 /// @}
2450
2451 // Emits code that executes when the comparison result in the ll/sc
2452 // expansion of a cmpxchg instruction is such that the store-conditional will
2453 // not execute. This makes it possible to balance out the load-linked with
2454 // a dedicated instruction, if desired.
2455 // E.g., on ARM, if ldrex isn't followed by strex, the exclusive monitor would
2456 // be unnecessarily held, except if clrex, inserted by this hook, is executed.
2457 virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const {}
2458
2459 /// Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
2460 virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const {
2461 return IsSigned;
2462 }
2463
2464 /// Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
2465 virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const {
2466 return true;
2467 }
2468
2469 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the
2470 /// IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
2474
2475 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level
2476 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2482
2483 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level
2484 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CustomExpand
2485 /// will try to use an atomicrmw xchg.
2489
2490 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level
2491 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CastToInteger
2492 /// will try to cast the operands to integer values.
2494 if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
2497 }
2498
2499 /// Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level
2500 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2501 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2505
2506 /// Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given
2507 /// AtomicRMW, if at all. Default is to never expand.
2508 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2510 if (RMW->isFloatingPointOperation())
2512 if (RMW->getType()->isVectorTy())
2515 }
2516
2517 /// Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level
2518 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2519 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2528
2529 /// On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value
2530 /// (such as fetch_add of 0) can be turned into a fence followed by an
2531 /// atomic load. This may sound useless, but it makes it possible for the
2532 /// processor to keep the cacheline shared, dramatically improving
2533 /// performance. And such idempotent RMWs are useful for implementing some
2534 /// kinds of locks, see for example (justification + benchmarks):
2535 /// http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/2012/HPL-2012-68.pdf
2536 /// This method tries doing that transformation, returning the atomic load if
2537 /// it succeeds, and nullptr otherwise.
2538 /// If shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR returns true on that load, it will undergo
2539 /// another round of expansion.
2540 virtual LoadInst *
2542 return nullptr;
2543 }
2544
2545 /// Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND,
2546 /// SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2548 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
2549 }
2550
2551 /// Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison
2552 /// value to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND). This is
2553 /// separate from getExtendForAtomicOps, which is concerned with the
2554 /// sign-extension of the instruction's output, whereas here we are concerned
2555 /// with the sign-extension of the input. For targets with compare-and-swap
2556 /// instructions (or sub-word comparisons in their LL/SC loop expansions),
2557 /// the input can be ANY_EXTEND, but the output will still have a specific
2558 /// extension.
2560 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2561 }
2562
2563 /// Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input
2564 /// argument to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2566 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2567 }
2568
2569 /// @}
2570
2571 /// Returns true if we should normalize
2572 /// select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y), Y) and
2573 /// select(N0|N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y, Y)) if it is likely
2574 /// that it saves us from materializing N0 and N1 in an integer register.
2575 /// Targets that are able to perform and/or on flags should return false here.
2576 /// \p VT is the type of the select (and X and Y). \p CCVT is the type of its
2577 /// condition (N0 and N1).
2579 EVT CCVT) const {
2580 // If a target has multiple condition registers, then it likely has logical
2581 // operations on those registers.
2583 return false;
2584 // Only do the transform if the value won't be split into multiple
2585 // registers.
2586 LegalizeTypeAction Action = getTypeAction(Context, VT);
2587 return Action != TypeExpandInteger && Action != TypeExpandFloat &&
2588 Action != TypeSplitVector;
2589 }
2590
2591 virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const { return true; }
2592
2593 /// Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be
2594 /// transformed into simple math ops with the condition value. For example:
2595 /// select Cond, C1, C1-1 --> add (zext Cond), C1-1
2596 virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const {
2597 return false;
2598 }
2599
2600 /// Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer
2601 /// multiplication-by-constant into simpler operations like shifts and adds.
2602 /// This may be true if the target does not directly support the
2603 /// multiplication operation for the specified type or the sequence of simpler
2604 /// ops is faster than the multiply.
2606 EVT VT, SDValue C) const {
2607 return false;
2608 }
2609
2610 /// Return true if it may be profitable to transform
2611 /// (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x, c2), c1*c2).
2612 /// This may not be true if c1 and c2 can be represented as immediates but
2613 /// c1*c2 cannot, for example.
2614 /// The target should check if c1, c2 and c1*c2 can be represented as
2615 /// immediates, or have to be materialized into registers. If it is not sure
2616 /// about some cases, a default true can be returned to let the DAGCombiner
2617 /// decide.
2618 /// AddNode is (add x, c1), and ConstNode is c2.
2620 SDValue ConstNode) const {
2621 return true;
2622 }
2623
2624 /// Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT
2625 /// conversion operations - canonicalizing the FP source value instead of
2626 /// converting all cases and then selecting based on value.
2627 /// This may be true if the target throws exceptions for out of bounds
2628 /// conversions or has fast FP CMOV.
2629 virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT,
2630 bool IsSigned) const {
2631 return false;
2632 }
2633
2634 /// Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.* intrinsic.
2635 /// If not optimizing for size, expanding @llvm.powi.* intrinsics is always
2636 /// considered beneficial.
2637 /// If optimizing for size, expansion is only considered beneficial for upto
2638 /// 5 multiplies and a divide (if the exponent is negative).
2639 bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const {
2640 if (Exponent < 0)
2641 Exponent = -Exponent;
2642 uint64_t E = static_cast<uint64_t>(Exponent);
2643 return !OptForSize || (llvm::popcount(E) + Log2_64(E) < 7);
2644 }
2645
2646 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2647 // TargetLowering Configuration Methods - These methods should be invoked by
2648 // the derived class constructor to configure this object for the target.
2649 //
2650protected:
2651 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2652 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2654 BooleanContents = Ty;
2655 BooleanFloatContents = Ty;
2656 }
2657
2658 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2659 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2661 BooleanContents = IntTy;
2662 BooleanFloatContents = FloatTy;
2663 }
2664
2665 /// Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a
2666 /// vector of i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2668 BooleanVectorContents = Ty;
2669 }
2670
2671 /// Specify the target scheduling preference.
2673 SchedPreferenceInfo = Pref;
2674 }
2675
2676 /// Indicate the minimum number of blocks to generate jump tables.
2677 void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(unsigned Val);
2678
2679 /// Indicate the maximum number of entries in jump tables.
2680 /// Set to zero to generate unlimited jump tables.
2681 void setMaximumJumpTableSize(unsigned);
2682
2683 /// Set the minimum of largest of number of comparisons to generate BitTest.
2684 void setMinimumBitTestCmps(unsigned Val);
2685
2686 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
2687 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2689 StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore = R;
2690 }
2691
2692 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
2693 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
2694 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
2695 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
2696 void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn = true) {
2697 HasExtractBitsInsn = hasExtractInsn;
2698 }
2699
2700 /// Tells the code generator not to expand logic operations on comparison
2701 /// predicates into separate sequences that increase the amount of flow
2702 /// control.
2703 void setJumpIsExpensive(bool isExpensive = true);
2704
2705 /// Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
2706 void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
2707 BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
2708 }
2709
2710 /// Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the
2711 /// specified value type. This indicates the selector can handle values of
2712 /// that class natively.
2714 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
2715 RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy] = RC;
2716 }
2717
2718 /// Return the largest legal super-reg register class of the register class
2719 /// for the specified type and its associated "cost".
2720 virtual std::pair<const TargetRegisterClass *, uint8_t>
2721 findRepresentativeClass(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, MVT VT) const;
2722
2723 /// Once all of the register classes are added, this allows us to compute
2724 /// derived properties we expose.
2725 void computeRegisterProperties(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI);
2726
2727 /// Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified
2728 /// type and indicate what to do about it. Note that VT may refer to either
2729 /// the type of a result or that of an operand of Op.
2730 void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2731 assert(Op < std::size(OpActions[0]) && "Table isn't big enough!");
2732 OpActions[(unsigned)VT.SimpleTy][Op] = Action;
2733 }
2735 LegalizeAction Action) {
2736 for (auto Op : Ops)
2737 setOperationAction(Op, VT, Action);
2738 }
2740 LegalizeAction Action) {
2741 for (auto VT : VTs)
2742 setOperationAction(Ops, VT, Action);
2743 }
2744
2745 /// Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the
2746 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2747 void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2748 LegalizeAction Action) {
2749 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2750 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2751 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2752 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2753 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &= ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2754 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |= (uint16_t)Action << Shift;
2755 }
2756 void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef<unsigned> ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2757 LegalizeAction Action) {
2758 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2759 setLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2760 }
2762 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2763 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2764 setLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2765 }
2766
2767 /// Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type
2768 /// is legal.
2769 void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2770 LegalizeAction Action) {
2771 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2772 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2773 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2774 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2775 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &=
2776 ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2777 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |=
2778 ((uint16_t)Action << Shift);
2779 }
2781 LegalizeAction Action) {
2782 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2783 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2784 }
2786 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2787 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2788 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2789 }
2790
2791 /// Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the
2792 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2793 void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2794 assert(ValVT.isValid() && MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2795 TruncStoreActions[(unsigned)ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] = Action;
2796 }
2797
2798 /// Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the
2799 /// specified type and indicate what to do abort it.
2800 ///
2801 /// NOTE: All indexed mode loads are initialized to Expand in
2802 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2804 LegalizeAction Action) {
2805 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2806 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load, Action);
2807 }
2808
2810 LegalizeAction Action) {
2811 for (auto VT : VTs)
2812 setIndexedLoadAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2813 }
2814
2815 /// Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the
2816 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2817 ///
2818 /// NOTE: All indexed mode stores are initialized to Expand in
2819 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2821 LegalizeAction Action) {
2822 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2823 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store, Action);
2824 }
2825
2827 LegalizeAction Action) {
2828 for (auto VT : VTs)
2829 setIndexedStoreAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2830 }
2831
2832 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with
2833 /// the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2834 ///
2835 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked loads are initialized to Expand in
2836 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2837 void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2838 LegalizeAction Action) {
2839 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad, Action);
2840 }
2841
2842 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work
2843 /// with the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2844 ///
2845 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked stores are initialized to Expand in
2846 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2847 void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2848 LegalizeAction Action) {
2849 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore, Action);
2850 }
2851
2852 /// Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the
2853 /// target and indicate what to do about it.
2855 LegalizeAction Action) {
2856 for (auto CC : CCs) {
2857 assert(VT.isValid() && (unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
2858 "Table isn't big enough!");
2859 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2860 /// The lower 3 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 4bit set from the
2861 /// 32-bit value and the upper 29 bits index into the second dimension of
2862 /// the array to select what 32-bit value to use.
2863 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
2864 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << Shift);
2865 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] |= (uint32_t)Action << Shift;
2866 }
2867 }
2869 LegalizeAction Action) {
2870 for (auto VT : VTs)
2871 setCondCodeAction(CCs, VT, Action);
2872 }
2873
2874 /// Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input
2875 /// type InputVT should be treated by the target. Either it's legal, needs to
2876 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
2877 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
2878 void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT,
2879 LegalizeAction Action) {
2882 assert(AccVT.isValid() && InputVT.isValid() &&
2883 "setPartialReduceMLAAction types aren't valid");
2884 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.SimpleTy, InputVT.SimpleTy};
2885 PartialReduceMLAActions[Key] = Action;
2886 }
2888 MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2889 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2890 setPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT, Action);
2891 }
2892
2893 /// If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults
2894 /// to trying a larger integer/fp until it can find one that works. If that
2895 /// default is insufficient, this method can be used by the target to override
2896 /// the default.
2897 void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2898 PromoteToType[std::make_pair(Opc, OrigVT.SimpleTy)] = DestVT.SimpleTy;
2899 }
2900
2901 /// Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type
2902 /// in a single call.
2903 void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2904 setOperationAction(Opc, OrigVT, Promote);
2905 AddPromotedToType(Opc, OrigVT, DestVT);
2906 }
2908 MVT DestVT) {
2909 for (auto Op : Ops) {
2910 setOperationAction(Op, OrigVT, Promote);
2911 AddPromotedToType(Op, OrigVT, DestVT);
2912 }
2913 }
2914
2915 /// Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that
2916 /// they want to provide a custom DAG combiner for by implementing the
2917 /// PerformDAGCombine virtual method.
2919 for (auto NT : NTs) {
2920 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
2921 TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] |= 1 << (NT & 7);
2922 }
2923 }
2924
2925 /// Set the target's minimum function alignment.
2927 MinFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2928 }
2929
2930 /// Set the target's preferred function alignment. This should be set if
2931 /// there is a performance benefit to higher-than-minimum alignment
2933 PrefFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2934 }
2935
2936 /// Set the target's preferred loop alignment. Default alignment is one, it
2937 /// means the target does not care about loop alignment. The target may also
2938 /// override getPrefLoopAlignment to provide per-loop values.
2939 void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment) { PrefLoopAlignment = Alignment; }
2940 void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes) {
2941 MaxBytesForAlignment = MaxBytes;
2942 }
2943
2944 /// Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2946 MinStackArgumentAlignment = Alignment;
2947 }
2948
2949 /// Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the
2950 /// backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well as
2951 /// ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2952 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2953 void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2954 MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported = SizeInBits;
2955 }
2956
2957 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2958 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2959 void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2960 MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2961 }
2962
2963 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend
2964 /// supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2965 void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2966 MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2967 }
2968
2969 /// Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
2970 void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2971 MinCmpXchgSizeInBits = SizeInBits;
2972 }
2973
2974 /// Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
2975 void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported) {
2976 SupportsUnalignedAtomics = UnalignedSupported;
2977 }
2978
2979public:
2980 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2981 // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
2982 //
2983
2984 /// CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store
2985 /// instructions reading the address. This allows as much computation as
2986 /// possible to be done in the address mode for that operand. This hook lets
2987 /// targets also pass back when this should be done on intrinsics which
2988 /// load/store.
2989 virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst * /*I*/,
2990 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> & /*Ops*/,
2991 Type *& /*AccessTy*/) const {
2992 return false;
2993 }
2994
2995 /// This represents an addressing mode of:
2996 /// BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*vscale
2997 /// If BaseGV is null, there is no BaseGV.
2998 /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
2999 /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
3000 /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg. Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
3001 /// no scale.
3002 /// If ScalableOffset is zero, there is no scalable offset.
3003 struct AddrMode {
3005 int64_t BaseOffs = 0;
3006 bool HasBaseReg = false;
3007 int64_t Scale = 0;
3008 int64_t ScalableOffset = 0;
3009 AddrMode() = default;
3010 };
3011
3012 /// Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this
3013 /// target, for a load/store of the specified type.
3014 ///
3015 /// The type may be VoidTy, in which case only return true if the addressing
3016 /// mode is legal for a load/store of any legal type. TODO: Handle
3017 /// pre/postinc as well.
3018 ///
3019 /// If the address space cannot be determined, it will be -1.
3020 ///
3021 /// TODO: Remove default argument
3022 virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM,
3023 Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
3024 Instruction *I = nullptr) const;
3025
3026 /// Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local
3027 /// storage (TLS).
3028 virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const {
3029 return false;
3030 }
3031
3032 /// Return the prefered common base offset.
3033 virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset,
3034 int64_t MaxOffset) const {
3035 return 0;
3036 }
3037
3038 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is
3039 /// the target has icmp instructions which can compare a register against the
3040 /// immediate without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3041 virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const {
3042 return true;
3043 }
3044
3045 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the
3046 /// target has add instructions which can add a register with the immediate
3047 /// without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3048 virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const {
3049 return true;
3050 }
3051
3052 /// Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is
3053 /// the target has add instructions which can add a register with the
3054 /// immediate (multiplied by vscale) without having to materialize the
3055 /// immediate into a register.
3056 virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const { return false; }
3057
3058 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a
3059 /// store instruction.
3060 virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const {
3061 // Default implementation assumes that at least 0 works since it is likely
3062 // that a zero register exists or a zero immediate is allowed.
3063 return Value == 0;
3064 }
3065
3066 /// Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new
3067 /// scalar type of size equal to SVI's scalar type if the new type is more
3068 /// profitable. Returns nullptr otherwise. For example under MVE float splats
3069 /// are converted to integer to prevent the need to move from SPR to GPR
3070 /// registers.
3072 return nullptr;
3073 }
3074
3075 /// Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored
3076 /// or bitcast to type 'To', return true if the set should be converted to
3077 /// 'To'.
3078 virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
3079 return (From->isIntegerTy() || From->isFloatingPointTy()) &&
3080 (To->isIntegerTy() || To->isFloatingPointTy());
3081 }
3082
3083 /// Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
3084 virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3085 // FIXME: This should get its info from the td file.
3086 switch (Opcode) {
3087 case ISD::ADD:
3088 case ISD::SMIN:
3089 case ISD::SMAX:
3090 case ISD::UMIN:
3091 case ISD::UMAX:
3092 case ISD::MUL:
3093 case ISD::CLMUL:
3094 case ISD::CLMULH:
3095 case ISD::CLMULR:
3096 case ISD::MULHU:
3097 case ISD::MULHS:
3098 case ISD::SMUL_LOHI:
3099 case ISD::UMUL_LOHI:
3100 case ISD::FADD:
3101 case ISD::FMUL:
3102 case ISD::AND:
3103 case ISD::OR:
3104 case ISD::XOR:
3105 case ISD::SADDO:
3106 case ISD::UADDO:
3107 case ISD::ADDC:
3108 case ISD::ADDE:
3109 case ISD::SADDSAT:
3110 case ISD::UADDSAT:
3111 case ISD::FMINNUM:
3112 case ISD::FMAXNUM:
3113 case ISD::FMINNUM_IEEE:
3114 case ISD::FMAXNUM_IEEE:
3115 case ISD::FMINIMUM:
3116 case ISD::FMAXIMUM:
3117 case ISD::FMINIMUMNUM:
3118 case ISD::FMAXIMUMNUM:
3119 case ISD::AVGFLOORS:
3120 case ISD::AVGFLOORU:
3121 case ISD::AVGCEILS:
3122 case ISD::AVGCEILU:
3123 case ISD::ABDS:
3124 case ISD::ABDU:
3125 return true;
3126 default: return false;
3127 }
3128 }
3129
3130 /// Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
3131 virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3132 // A commutative binop must be a binop.
3133 if (isCommutativeBinOp(Opcode))
3134 return true;
3135 // These are non-commutative binops.
3136 switch (Opcode) {
3137 case ISD::SUB:
3138 case ISD::SHL:
3139 case ISD::SRL:
3140 case ISD::SRA:
3141 case ISD::ROTL:
3142 case ISD::ROTR:
3143 case ISD::SDIV:
3144 case ISD::UDIV:
3145 case ISD::SREM:
3146 case ISD::UREM:
3147 case ISD::SSUBSAT:
3148 case ISD::USUBSAT:
3149 case ISD::FSUB:
3150 case ISD::FDIV:
3151 case ISD::FREM:
3152 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMIN:
3153 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMAX:
3154 return true;
3155 default:
3156 return false;
3157 }
3158 }
3159
3160 /// Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type
3161 /// ToTy. e.g. On x86 it's free to truncate a i32 value in register EAX to i16
3162 /// by referencing its sub-register AX.
3163 /// Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3164 virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3165 return false;
3166 }
3167
3168 /// Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding
3169 /// whether a call is in tail position. Typically this means that both results
3170 /// would be assigned to the same register or stack slot, but it could mean
3171 /// the target performs adequate checks of its own before proceeding with the
3172 /// tail call. Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3173 virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3174 return false;
3175 }
3176
3177 virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const { return false; }
3178 virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3179 return isTruncateFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3180 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3181 }
3182
3183 /// Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
3184 virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3185 // Fallback to type matching.
3186 return isTruncateFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3187 }
3188
3189 virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const { return true; }
3190
3191 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3192 /// Unlikely the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family which is based on types,
3193 /// this method can use the context provided by \p I to decide
3194 /// whether or not \p I is free.
3195 /// This method extends the behavior of the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family.
3196 /// In other words, if is[Z|FP]Free returns true, then this method
3197 /// returns true as well. The converse is not true.
3198 /// The target can perform the adequate checks by overriding isExtFreeImpl.
3199 /// \pre \p I must be a sign, zero, or fp extension.
3200 bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const {
3201 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3202 case Instruction::FPExt:
3203 if (isFPExtFree(EVT::getEVT(I->getType()),
3204 EVT::getEVT(I->getOperand(0)->getType())))
3205 return true;
3206 break;
3207 case Instruction::ZExt:
3208 if (isZExtFree(I->getOperand(0)->getType(), I->getType()))
3209 return true;
3210 break;
3211 case Instruction::SExt:
3212 break;
3213 default:
3214 llvm_unreachable("Instruction is not an extension");
3215 }
3216 return isExtFreeImpl(I);
3217 }
3218
3219 /// Return true if \p Load and \p Ext can form an ExtLoad.
3220 /// For example, in AArch64
3221 /// %L = load i8, i8* %ptr
3222 /// %E = zext i8 %L to i32
3223 /// can be lowered into one load instruction
3224 /// ldrb w0, [x0]
3225 bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext,
3226 const DataLayout &DL) const {
3227 EVT VT = getValueType(DL, Ext->getType());
3228 EVT LoadVT = getValueType(DL, Load->getType());
3229
3230 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, the ext
3231 // probably isn't free.
3232 if (!Load->hasOneUse() && (isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
3233 !isTruncateFree(Ext->getType(), Load->getType()))
3234 return false;
3235
3236 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
3237 unsigned LType;
3238 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Ext))
3239 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
3240 else {
3241 assert(isa<SExtInst>(Ext) && "Unexpected ext type!");
3242 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
3243 }
3244
3245 return isLoadLegal(VT, LoadVT, Load->getAlign(),
3246 Load->getPointerAddressSpace(), LType, false);
3247 }
3248
3249 /// Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy
3250 /// implicitly zero-extends the value to ToTy in the result register.
3251 ///
3252 /// The function should return true when it is likely that the truncate can
3253 /// be freely folded with an instruction defining a value of FromTy. If
3254 /// the defining instruction is unknown (because you're looking at a
3255 /// function argument, PHI, etc.) then the target may require an
3256 /// explicit truncate, which is not necessarily free, but this function
3257 /// does not deal with those cases.
3258 /// Targets must return false when FromTy >= ToTy.
3259 virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3260 return false;
3261 }
3262
3263 virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const { return false; }
3264 virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3265 return isZExtFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3266 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3267 }
3268
3269 /// Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free
3270 /// (either because it's implicitly zero-extended such as ARM ldrb / ldrh or
3271 /// because it's folded such as X86 zero-extending loads).
3272 virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3273 return isZExtFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3274 }
3275
3276 /// Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than
3277 /// zero-extension.
3278 virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3279 return false;
3280 }
3281
3282 /// Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to
3283 /// a larger type.
3284 virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const { return false; }
3285
3286 /// Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like
3287 /// zext, trunc, fptoui, uitofp) for the target.
3288 virtual bool
3290 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const {
3291 return false;
3292 }
3293
3294 /// Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load
3295 /// two loaded values of type LoadedType next to each other in memory.
3296 /// RequiredAlignment gives the minimal alignment constraints that must be met
3297 /// to be able to select this paired load.
3298 ///
3299 /// This information is *not* used to generate actual paired loads, but it is
3300 /// used to generate a sequence of loads that is easier to combine into a
3301 /// paired load.
3302 /// For instance, something like this:
3303 /// a = load i64* addr
3304 /// b = trunc i64 a to i32
3305 /// c = lshr i64 a, 32
3306 /// d = trunc i64 c to i32
3307 /// will be optimized into:
3308 /// b = load i32* addr1
3309 /// d = load i32* addr2
3310 /// Where addr1 = addr2 +/- sizeof(i32).
3311 ///
3312 /// In other words, unless the target performs a post-isel load combining,
3313 /// this information should not be provided because it will generate more
3314 /// loads.
3315 virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT /*LoadedType*/,
3316 Align & /*RequiredAlignment*/) const {
3317 return false;
3318 }
3319
3320 /// Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
3321 virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const { return false; }
3322
3323 /// Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
3324 /// Default to be the minimum interleave factor: 2.
3325 virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const { return 2; }
3326
3327 /// Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics. Return
3328 /// true on success.
3329 ///
3330 /// \p Load is the vector load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3331 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3332 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3333 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3334 /// result is uncondiitional.
3335 /// \p Shuffles is the shufflevector list to DE-interleave the loaded vector.
3336 /// \p Indices is the corresponding indices for each shufflevector.
3337 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3338 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3339 /// accessed.
3340 virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask,
3342 ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices, unsigned Factor,
3343 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3344 return false;
3345 }
3346
3347 /// Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics. Return
3348 /// true on success.
3349 ///
3350 /// \p SI is the vector store instruction. Can be either a plain store
3351 /// or a vp.store.
3352 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3353 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3354 /// result is unconditional.
3355 /// \p SVI is the shufflevector to RE-interleave the stored vector.
3356 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3357 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3358 /// accessed.
3359 virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask,
3360 ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor,
3361 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3362 return false;
3363 }
3364
3365 /// Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
3366 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3367 /// llvm.vector.deinterleave{2,3,5,7}
3368 ///
3369 /// \p Load is the accompanying load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3370 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3371 /// \p DI represents the deinterleaveN intrinsic.
3372 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3373 /// accessed.
3375 IntrinsicInst *DI,
3376 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3377 return false;
3378 }
3379
3380 /// Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
3381 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3382 /// llvm.vector.interleave{2,3,5,7}
3383 ///
3384 /// \p Store is the accompanying store instruction. Can be either a plain
3385 /// store or a vp.store intrinsic.
3386 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3387 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3388 /// result is uncondiitional.
3389 /// \p InterleaveValues contains the interleaved values.
3390 virtual bool
3392 ArrayRef<Value *> InterleaveValues) const {
3393 return false;
3394 }
3395
3396 /// Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because
3397 /// single-precision floating-point numbers are implicitly extended to
3398 /// double-precision).
3399 virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3400 assert(SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() && DestVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3401 "invalid fpext types");
3402 return false;
3403 }
3404
3405 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3406 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3407 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3408 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode,
3409 LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const {
3410 return false;
3411 }
3412
3413 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3414 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3415 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3416 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode,
3417 EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3418 assert(DestVT.isFloatingPoint() && SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3419 "invalid fpext types");
3420 return isFPExtFree(DestVT, SrcVT);
3421 }
3422
3423 /// Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any
3424 /// extend node) is profitable.
3425 virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const { return false; }
3426
3427 /// Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never
3428 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3429 virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const {
3430 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3431 return false;
3432 }
3433
3434 /// Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never
3435 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3436 virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const {
3437 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3438 return false;
3439 }
3440
3441 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3442 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3443 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3444 ///
3445 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3446 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3447 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3448 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3449 ///
3450 /// Targets that care about soft float support should return false when soft
3451 /// float code is being generated (i.e. use-soft-float).
3453 EVT) const {
3454 return false;
3455 }
3456
3457 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3458 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3459 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3460 ///
3461 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3462 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3463 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3464 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3466 LLT) const {
3467 return false;
3468 }
3469
3470 /// IR version
3471 virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const {
3472 return false;
3473 }
3474
3475 /// Returns true if \p MI can be combined with another instruction to
3476 /// form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD. \p N may be an TargetOpcode::G_FADD,
3477 /// TargetOpcode::G_FSUB, or an TargetOpcode::G_FMUL which will be
3478 /// distributed into an fadd/fsub.
3479 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const {
3480 assert((MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FADD ||
3481 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FSUB ||
3482 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FMUL) &&
3483 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3484 switch (Ty.getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3485 case 16:
3486 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f16);
3487 case 32:
3488 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f32);
3489 case 64:
3490 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f64);
3491 default:
3492 break;
3493 }
3494
3495 return false;
3496 }
3497
3498 /// Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD. \p N may be an
3499 /// ISD::FADD, ISD::FSUB, or an ISD::FMUL which will be distributed into an
3500 /// fadd/fsub.
3501 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const {
3502 assert((N->getOpcode() == ISD::FADD || N->getOpcode() == ISD::FSUB ||
3503 N->getOpcode() == ISD::FMUL) &&
3504 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3505 return isOperationLegal(ISD::FMAD, N->getValueType(0));
3506 }
3507
3508 // Return true when the decision to generate FMA's (or FMS, FMLA etc) rather
3509 // than FMUL and ADD is delegated to the machine combiner.
3511 CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const {
3512 return false;
3513 }
3514
3515 /// Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to
3516 /// DestVT. e.g. on x86, it's profitable to narrow from i32 to i8 but not from
3517 /// i32 to i16.
3518 virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const {
3519 return false;
3520 }
3521
3522 /// Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity
3523 /// constant is profitable. This is the inverse of an IR transform.
3524 /// Example: X + (Cond ? Y : 0) --> Cond ? (X + Y) : X
3525 virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT,
3526 unsigned SelectOpcode,
3527 SDValue X,
3528 SDValue Y) const {
3529 return false;
3530 }
3531
3532 /// Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to
3533 /// just the constant itself.
3534 /// On some targets it might be more efficient to use a combination of
3535 /// arithmetic instructions to materialize the constant instead of loading it
3536 /// from a constant pool.
3538 Type *Ty) const {
3539 return false;
3540 }
3541
3542 /// Return true if EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is cheap for extracting this result type
3543 /// from this source type with this index. This is needed because
3544 /// EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR usually has custom lowering that depends on the index of
3545 /// the first element, and only the target knows which lowering is cheap.
3546 virtual bool isExtractSubvectorCheap(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT,
3547 unsigned Index) const {
3548 return false;
3549 }
3550
3551 /// Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an
3552 /// extract element followed by a scalar operation.
3553 virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const {
3554 return false;
3555 }
3556
3557 /// Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type
3558 /// at the given index is cheap. For example, if scalar operations occur on
3559 /// the same register file as vector operations, then an extract element may
3560 /// be a sub-register rename rather than an actual instruction.
3561 virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const {
3562 return false;
3563 }
3564
3565 /// Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG
3566 /// node operation. Targets may want to override this independently of whether
3567 /// the operation is legal/custom for the given type because it may obscure
3568 /// matching of other patterns.
3569 virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT,
3570 bool MathUsed) const {
3571 // Form it if it is legal.
3572 if (isOperationLegal(Opcode, VT))
3573 return true;
3574
3575 // TODO: The default logic is inherited from code in CodeGenPrepare.
3576 // The opcode should not make a difference by default?
3577 if (Opcode != ISD::UADDO)
3578 return false;
3579
3580 // Allow the transform as long as we have an integer type that is not
3581 // obviously illegal and unsupported and if the math result is used
3582 // besides the overflow check. On some targets (e.g. SPARC), it is
3583 // not profitable to form on overflow op if the math result has no
3584 // concrete users.
3585 if (VT.isVector())
3586 return false;
3587 return MathUsed && (VT.isSimple() || !isOperationExpand(Opcode, VT));
3588 }
3589
3590 // Return true if the target wants to optimize the mul overflow intrinsic
3591 // for the given \p VT.
3593 EVT VT) const {
3594 return false;
3595 }
3596
3597 // Return true if it is profitable to use a scalar input to a BUILD_VECTOR
3598 // even if the vector itself has multiple uses.
3599 virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const {
3600 return false;
3601 }
3602
3603 // Return true if CodeGenPrepare should consider splitting large offset of a
3604 // GEP to make the GEP fit into the addressing mode and can be sunk into the
3605 // same blocks of its users.
3606 virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const { return false; }
3607
3608 /// Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given
3609 /// amount is not profitable.
3610 virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const {
3611 return false;
3612 }
3613
3614 // Should we fold (select_cc seteq (and x, y), 0, 0, A) -> (and (sra (shl x))
3615 // A) where y has a single bit set?
3617 const APInt &AndMask) const {
3618 unsigned ShCt = AndMask.getBitWidth() - 1;
3619 return !shouldAvoidTransformToShift(VT, ShCt);
3620 }
3621
3622 /// Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register
3623 /// passed to the fp16 to fp conversion library function.
3624 virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const { return false; }
3625
3626 /// Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT
3627 /// from min(max(fptoi)) saturation patterns.
3628 virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const {
3629 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(Op, VT);
3630 }
3631
3632 /// Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types
3634 return false;
3635 }
3636
3637 /// True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic
3638 /// semantics for pointers with the given value type. False if pointer
3639 /// arithmetic should not be preserved for passes such as instruction
3640 /// selection, and can fallback to regular arithmetic.
3641 /// This should be removed when PTRADD nodes are widely supported by backends.
3642 virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const {
3643 return false;
3644 }
3645
3646 /// True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer
3647 /// arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds intermediate results.
3649 EVT PtrVT) const {
3650 return false;
3651 }
3652
3653 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving
3654 virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const { return false; }
3655
3656 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation
3657 /// and type
3660 return false;
3661 }
3662
3663 // Get the preferred opcode for FP_TO_XINT nodes.
3664 // By default, this checks if the provded operation is an illegal FP_TO_UINT
3665 // and if so, checks if FP_TO_SINT is legal or custom for use as a
3666 // replacement. If both UINT and SINT conversions are Custom, we choose SINT
3667 // by default because that's the right thing on PPC.
3668 virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT,
3669 EVT ToVT) const {
3670 if (isOperationLegal(Op, ToVT))
3671 return Op;
3672 switch (Op) {
3673 case ISD::FP_TO_UINT:
3675 return ISD::FP_TO_SINT;
3676 break;
3680 break;
3681 case ISD::VP_FP_TO_UINT:
3682 if (isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT, ToVT))
3683 return ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT;
3684 break;
3685 default:
3686 break;
3687 }
3688 return Op;
3689 }
3690
3691 /// Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
3692 /// If one cannot be created using all the given inputs, nullptr should be
3693 /// returned.
3696 ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB,
3697 Value *Accumulator = nullptr) const {
3698 return nullptr;
3699 }
3700
3702 return RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3703 }
3704
3705 const LibcallLoweringInfo &getLibcallLoweringInfo() const { return Libcalls; }
3706
3707 void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl) {
3708 Libcalls.setLibcallImpl(Call, Impl);
3709 }
3710
3711 /// Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
3712 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3713 return Libcalls.getLibcallImpl(Call);
3714 }
3715
3716 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
3717 // FIXME: This should be removed. Only LibcallImpl should have a name.
3718 const char *getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3719 return Libcalls.getLibcallName(Call);
3720 }
3721
3722 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation
3726
3727 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const { return Libcalls.getMemcpyImpl(); }
3728
3729 /// Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise
3730 /// RTLIB::Unsupported.
3731 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const {
3732 return RuntimeLibcallInfo.getSupportedLibcallImpl(FuncName);
3733 }
3734
3735 /// Get the comparison predicate that's to be used to test the result of the
3736 /// comparison libcall against zero. This should only be used with
3737 /// floating-point compare libcalls.
3738 ISD::CondCode getSoftFloatCmpLibcallPredicate(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const;
3739
3740 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall
3741 /// implementation.
3743 return Libcalls.getLibcallImplCallingConv(Call);
3744 }
3745
3746 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
3747 // FIXME: Remove this wrapper and directly use the used LibcallImpl
3749 return Libcalls.getLibcallCallingConv(Call);
3750 }
3751
3752 /// Execute target specific actions to finalize target lowering.
3753 /// This is used to set extra flags in MachineFrameInformation and freezing
3754 /// the set of reserved registers.
3755 /// The default implementation just freezes the set of reserved registers.
3756 virtual void finalizeLowering(MachineFunction &MF) const;
3757
3758 /// Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there
3759 /// are functions calls between the load and the store.
3760 virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const { return true; }
3761
3762 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3763 // GlobalISel Hooks
3764 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3765 /// Check whether or not \p MI needs to be moved close to its uses.
3766 virtual bool shouldLocalize(const MachineInstr &MI, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) const;
3767
3768
3769private:
3770 const TargetMachine &TM;
3771
3772 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
3773 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
3774 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
3775 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
3776 bool HasExtractBitsInsn;
3777
3778 /// Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or remainder
3779 /// instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the code
3780 /// generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned integer
3781 /// div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
3782 DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
3783
3784 /// Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate extra flow control
3785 /// instructions and should attempt to combine flow control instructions via
3786 /// predication.
3787 bool JumpIsExpensive;
3788
3789 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3790 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3791 BooleanContent BooleanContents;
3792
3793 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3794 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3795 BooleanContent BooleanFloatContents;
3796
3797 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean vector values
3798 /// when the element type is wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3799 BooleanContent BooleanVectorContents;
3800
3801 /// The target scheduling preference: shortest possible total cycles or lowest
3802 /// register usage.
3803 Sched::Preference SchedPreferenceInfo;
3804
3805 /// The minimum alignment that any argument on the stack needs to have.
3806 Align MinStackArgumentAlignment;
3807
3808 /// The minimum function alignment (used when optimizing for size, and to
3809 /// prevent explicitly provided alignment from leading to incorrect code).
3810 Align MinFunctionAlignment;
3811
3812 /// The preferred function alignment (used when alignment unspecified and
3813 /// optimizing for speed).
3814 Align PrefFunctionAlignment;
3815
3816 /// The preferred loop alignment (in log2 bot in bytes).
3817 Align PrefLoopAlignment;
3818 /// The maximum amount of bytes permitted to be emitted for alignment.
3819 unsigned MaxBytesForAlignment;
3820
3821 /// Size in bits of the maximum atomics size the backend supports.
3822 /// Accesses larger than this will be expanded by AtomicExpandPass.
3823 unsigned MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
3824
3825 /// Size in bits of the maximum div/rem size the backend supports.
3826 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3827 unsigned MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
3828
3829 /// Size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion size the
3830 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by
3831 /// ExpandIRInsts.
3832 unsigned MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
3833
3834 /// Size in bits of the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc operation the
3835 /// backend supports.
3836 unsigned MinCmpXchgSizeInBits;
3837
3838 /// The minimum of largest number of comparisons to use bit test for switch.
3839 unsigned MinimumBitTestCmps;
3840
3841 /// Maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable
3842 /// vectors.
3843 unsigned MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
3844
3845 /// This indicates if the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
3846 bool SupportsUnalignedAtomics;
3847
3848 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
3849 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
3850 Register StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
3851
3852 /// This indicates the default register class to use for each ValueType the
3853 /// target supports natively.
3854 const TargetRegisterClass *RegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3855 uint16_t NumRegistersForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3856 MVT RegisterTypeForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3857
3858 /// This indicates the "representative" register class to use for each
3859 /// ValueType the target supports natively. This information is used by the
3860 /// scheduler to track register pressure. By default, the representative
3861 /// register class is the largest legal super-reg register class of the
3862 /// register class of the specified type. e.g. On x86, i8, i16, and i32's
3863 /// representative class would be GR32.
3864 const TargetRegisterClass *RepRegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE] = {nullptr};
3865
3866 /// This indicates the "cost" of the "representative" register class for each
3867 /// ValueType. The cost is used by the scheduler to approximate register
3868 /// pressure.
3869 uint8_t RepRegClassCostForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3870
3871 /// For any value types we are promoting or expanding, this contains the value
3872 /// type that we are changing to. For Expanded types, this contains one step
3873 /// of the expand (e.g. i64 -> i32), even if there are multiple steps required
3874 /// (e.g. i64 -> i16). For types natively supported by the system, this holds
3875 /// the same type (e.g. i32 -> i32).
3876 MVT TransformToType[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3877
3878 /// For each operation and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction that
3879 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the operation. Most
3880 /// operations are Legal (aka, supported natively by the target), but
3881 /// operations that are not should be described. Note that operations on
3882 /// non-legal value types are not described here.
3883 LegalizeAction OpActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END];
3884
3885 /// For each load extension type and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction
3886 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with a load of a
3887 /// specific value type and extension type. Uses 4-bits to store the action
3888 /// for each of the 4 load ext types.
3889 uint16_t LoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3890
3891 /// Similar to LoadExtActions, but for atomic loads. Only Legal or Expand
3892 /// (default) values are supported.
3893 uint16_t AtomicLoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3894
3895 /// For each value type pair keep a LegalizeAction that indicates whether a
3896 /// truncating store of a specific value type and truncating type is legal.
3897 LegalizeAction TruncStoreActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3898
3899 /// For each indexed mode and each value type, keep a quad of LegalizeAction
3900 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the load /
3901 /// store / maskedload / maskedstore.
3902 ///
3903 /// The first dimension is the value_type for the reference. The second
3904 /// dimension represents the various modes for load store.
3905 uint16_t IndexedModeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE];
3906
3907 /// For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a LegalizeAction that
3908 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the condition code.
3909 ///
3910 /// Because each CC action takes up 4 bits, we need to have the array size be
3911 /// large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by rounding
3912 /// up the MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE value to the next multiple of 8.
3913 uint32_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE + 7) / 8];
3914
3915 using PartialReduceActionTypes =
3916 std::tuple<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
3917 /// For each partial reduce opcode, result type and input type combination,
3918 /// keep a LegalizeAction which indicates how instruction selection should
3919 /// deal with this operation.
3920 DenseMap<PartialReduceActionTypes, LegalizeAction> PartialReduceMLAActions;
3921
3922 ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
3923
3924private:
3925 /// Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would like PerformDAGCombine
3926 /// callbacks for by calling setTargetDAGCombine(), which sets a bit in this
3927 /// array.
3928 unsigned char
3929 TargetDAGCombineArray[(ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END+CHAR_BIT-1)/CHAR_BIT];
3930
3931 /// For operations that must be promoted to a specific type, this holds the
3932 /// destination type. This map should be sparse, so don't hold it as an
3933 /// array.
3934 ///
3935 /// Targets add entries to this map with AddPromotedToType(..), clients access
3936 /// this with getTypeToPromoteTo(..).
3937 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>, MVT::SimpleValueType>
3938 PromoteToType;
3939
3940 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3941 const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3942
3943 /// The list of libcalls that the target will use.
3944 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3945 LibcallLoweringInfo Libcalls;
3946
3947 /// The bits of IndexedModeActions used to store the legalisation actions
3948 /// We store the data as | ML | MS | L | S | each taking 4 bits.
3949 enum IndexedModeActionsBits {
3950 IMAB_Store = 0,
3951 IMAB_Load = 4,
3952 IMAB_MaskedStore = 8,
3953 IMAB_MaskedLoad = 12
3954 };
3955
3956 void setIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, unsigned Shift,
3957 LegalizeAction Action) {
3958 assert(VT.isValid() && IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE &&
3959 (unsigned)Action < 0xf && "Table isn't big enough!");
3960 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3961 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] &= ~(0xf << Shift);
3962 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] |= ((uint16_t)Action) << Shift;
3963 }
3964
3965 LegalizeAction getIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
3966 unsigned Shift) const {
3967 assert(IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE && VT.isValid() &&
3968 "Table isn't big enough!");
3969 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3970 return (LegalizeAction)((IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] >> Shift) & 0xf);
3971 }
3972
3973protected:
3974 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3975 /// \pre \p I is a sign, zero, or fp extension and
3976 /// is[Z|FP]ExtFree of the related types is not true.
3977 virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const { return false; }
3978
3979 /// Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain
3980 /// dependencies when trying to find a more preferable chain. As an
3981 /// approximation, this should be more than the number of consecutive stores
3982 /// expected to be merged.
3984
3985 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
3986 ///
3987 /// When lowering \@llvm.memset this field specifies the maximum number of
3988 /// store operations that may be substituted for the call to memset. Targets
3989 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
3990 /// should assume that the memset will be done using as many of the largest
3991 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3992 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3993 /// with 16-bit alignment would result in four 2-byte stores and one 1-byte
3994 /// store. This only applies to setting a constant array of a constant size.
3996 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
3998
3999 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
4000 ///
4001 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcpy this field specifies the maximum number of
4002 /// store operations that may be substituted for a call to memcpy. Targets
4003 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4004 /// should assume that the memcpy will be done using as many of the largest
4005 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4006 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4007 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte store, a one 2-byte store
4008 /// and one 1-byte store. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4009 /// constant size.
4011 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4013 /// \brief Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
4014 ///
4015 /// When memcpy is inlined based on MaxStoresPerMemcpy, specify maximum number
4016 /// of store instructions to keep together. This helps in pairing and
4017 // vectorization later on.
4019
4020 /// \brief Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
4021 ///
4022 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcmp this field specifies the maximum number of
4023 /// pairs of load operations that may be substituted for a call to memcmp.
4024 /// Targets must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target.
4025 /// Targets should assume that the memcmp will be done using as many of the
4026 /// largest load operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4027 /// alignment restrictions. For example, loading 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4028 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte load, a one 2-byte load
4029 /// and one 1-byte load. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4030 /// constant size.
4032 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4034
4035 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
4036 ///
4037 /// When lowering \@llvm.memmove this field specifies the maximum number of
4038 /// store instructions that may be substituted for a call to memmove. Targets
4039 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4040 /// should assume that the memmove will be done using as many of the largest
4041 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4042 /// alignment restrictions. For example, moving 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4043 /// with 8-bit alignment would result in nine 1-byte stores. This only
4044 /// applies to copying a constant array of constant size.
4046 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4048
4049 /// Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if
4050 /// the branch is usually predicted right.
4052
4053 /// \see enableExtLdPromotion.
4055
4056 /// Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified
4057 /// register class are all legal.
4058 bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
4059 const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const;
4060
4061 /// Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent
4062 /// sequence of memory operands that is recognized by PrologEpilogInserter.
4064 MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
4065
4067};
4068
4069/// This class defines information used to lower LLVM code to legal SelectionDAG
4070/// operators that the target instruction selector can accept natively.
4071///
4072/// This class also defines callbacks that targets must implement to lower
4073/// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
4075public:
4076 struct DAGCombinerInfo;
4077 struct MakeLibCallOptions;
4078
4081
4082 explicit TargetLowering(const TargetMachine &TM,
4083 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
4085
4086 bool isPositionIndependent() const;
4087
4088 // If set to true, SelectionDAG nodes will be consistently processed in
4089 // topological order. This is a temporary hook until sorting can be
4090 // enabled globally.
4091 virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const { return false; }
4092
4095 UniformityInfo *UA) const {
4096 return false;
4097 }
4098
4099 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4100 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4101 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4102 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4103 // DAGCombiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4104 // restrict common combiner.
4106 SDValue N1) const {
4107 return N0.hasOneUse();
4108 }
4109
4110 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4111 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4112 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4113 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4114 // combiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4115 // restrict common combiner.
4117 Register N1) const {
4118 return MRI.hasOneNonDBGUse(N0);
4119 }
4120
4121 virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode * N) const {
4122 return false;
4123 }
4124
4125 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4126 /// by reference if the node's address can be legally represented as
4127 /// pre-indexed load / store address.
4128 virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDValue &/*Base*/,
4129 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4130 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4131 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4132 return false;
4133 }
4134
4135 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4136 /// by reference if this node can be combined with a load / store to form a
4137 /// post-indexed load / store.
4138 virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDNode * /*Op*/,
4139 SDValue &/*Base*/,
4140 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4141 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4142 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4143 return false;
4144 }
4145
4146 /// Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing
4147 /// mode for this target. \p MI is the load or store instruction that is being
4148 /// considered for transformation.
4150 bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const {
4151 return false;
4152 }
4153
4154 /// Return the entry encoding for a jump table in the current function. The
4155 /// returned value is a member of the MachineJumpTableInfo::JTEntryKind enum.
4156 virtual unsigned getJumpTableEncoding() const;
4157
4158 virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
4159 return getPointerTy(DL);
4160 }
4161
4162 virtual const MCExpr *
4164 const MachineBasicBlock * /*MBB*/, unsigned /*uid*/,
4165 MCContext &/*Ctx*/) const {
4166 llvm_unreachable("Need to implement this hook if target has custom JTIs");
4167 }
4168
4169 /// Returns relocation base for the given PIC jumptable.
4170 virtual SDValue getPICJumpTableRelocBase(SDValue Table,
4171 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4172
4173 /// This returns the relocation base for the given PIC jumptable, the same as
4174 /// getPICJumpTableRelocBase, but as an MCExpr.
4175 virtual const MCExpr *
4176 getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(const MachineFunction *MF,
4177 unsigned JTI, MCContext &Ctx) const;
4178
4179 /// Return true if folding a constant offset with the given GlobalAddress is
4180 /// legal. It is frequently not legal in PIC relocation models.
4181 virtual bool isOffsetFoldingLegal(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA) const;
4182
4183 /// On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP
4184 /// instruction, which can use either a memory constraint or an address
4185 /// constraint. -fasm-blocks "__asm call foo" lowers to
4186 /// call void asm sideeffect inteldialect "call ${0:P}", "*m..."
4187 ///
4188 /// This function is used by a hack to choose the address constraint,
4189 /// lowering to a direct call.
4190 virtual bool
4192 unsigned OpNo) const {
4193 return false;
4194 }
4195
4197 SDValue &Chain) const;
4198
4199 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4200 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4201 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4202 const SDValue OldRHS) const;
4203
4204 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4205 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4206 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4207 const SDValue OldRHS, SDValue &Chain,
4208 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
4209
4211 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4212 SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr,
4213 SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const {
4214 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4215 }
4216
4218 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4219 SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val,
4220 SDValue Mask) const {
4221 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4222 }
4223
4224 /// Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
4225 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::Unsupported as \p LibcallImpl
4226 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue>
4227 makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT,
4228 ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4229 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4230
4231 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as \p LC.
4232 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC,
4233 EVT RetVT, ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops,
4234 MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4235 const SDLoc &dl,
4236 SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const {
4237 return makeLibCall(DAG, getLibcallImpl(LC), RetVT, Ops, CallOptions, dl,
4238 Chain);
4239 }
4240
4241 /// Check whether parameters to a call that are passed in callee saved
4242 /// registers are the same as from the calling function. This needs to be
4243 /// checked for tail call eligibility.
4244 bool parametersInCSRMatch(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4245 const uint32_t *CallerPreservedMask,
4246 const SmallVectorImpl<CCValAssign> &ArgLocs,
4247 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &OutVals) const;
4248
4249 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4250 // TargetLowering Optimization Methods
4251 //
4252
4253 /// A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for
4254 /// returning information from TargetLowering to its clients that want to
4255 /// combine.
4262
4264 bool LT, bool LO) :
4265 DAG(InDAG), LegalTys(LT), LegalOps(LO) {}
4266
4267 bool LegalTypes() const { return LegalTys; }
4268 bool LegalOperations() const { return LegalOps; }
4269
4271 Old = O;
4272 New = N;
4273 return true;
4274 }
4275 };
4276
4277 /// Determines the optimal series of memory ops to replace the memset /
4278 /// memcpy. Return true if the number of memory ops is below the threshold
4279 /// (Limit). Note that this is always the case when Limit is ~0. It returns
4280 /// the types of the sequence of memory ops to perform memset / memcpy by
4281 /// reference. If LargestVT is non-null, the target may set it to the largest
4282 /// EVT that should be used for generating the memset value (e.g., for vector
4283 /// splats). If LargestVT is null or left unchanged, the caller will compute
4284 /// it from MemOps.
4285 virtual bool findOptimalMemOpLowering(LLVMContext &Context,
4286 std::vector<EVT> &MemOps,
4287 unsigned Limit, const MemOp &Op,
4288 unsigned DstAS, unsigned SrcAS,
4289 const AttributeList &FuncAttributes,
4290 EVT *LargestVT = nullptr) const;
4291
4292 /// Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a
4293 /// constant integer. If so, check to see if there are any bits set in the
4294 /// constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the constant and return
4295 /// true.
4297 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4298 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4299
4300 /// Helper wrapper around ShrinkDemandedConstant, demanding all elements.
4302 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4303
4304 // Target hook to do target-specific const optimization, which is called by
4305 // ShrinkDemandedConstant. This function should return true if the target
4306 // doesn't want ShrinkDemandedConstant to further optimize the constant.
4308 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4309 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4310 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4311 return false;
4312 }
4313
4314 /// Convert x+y to (VT)((SmallVT)x+(SmallVT)y) if the casts are free.
4315 /// This uses isTruncateFree/isZExtFree and ANY_EXTEND for the widening cast,
4316 /// but it could be generalized for targets with other types of implicit
4317 /// widening casts.
4318 bool ShrinkDemandedOp(SDValue Op, unsigned BitWidth,
4319 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4320 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4321
4322 /// Look at Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedBits bits of the
4323 /// result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use this information to
4324 /// simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and return true, returning
4325 /// the original and new nodes in Old and New. Otherwise, analyze the
4326 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4327 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4328 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4329 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4330 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4331 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4332 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4333 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4334 /// has multiple uses.
4335 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4336 const APInt &DemandedElts, KnownBits &Known,
4337 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4338 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4339
4340 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits, demanding all elements.
4341 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4342 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4343 KnownBits &Known, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4344 unsigned Depth = 0,
4345 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4346
4347 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4348 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4349 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4350 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4351
4352 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4353 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4354 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4355 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4356 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4357
4358 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4359 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4360 /// bitwise ops etc.
4361 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4362 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4363 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4364 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4365
4366 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4367 /// elements.
4368 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4369 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4370 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4371
4372 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4373 /// bits from only some vector elements.
4374 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op,
4375 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4376 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4377 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4378
4379 /// Look at Vector Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedElts
4380 /// elements of the result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use
4381 /// this information to simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and
4382 /// return true, storing the original and new nodes in TLO.
4383 /// Otherwise, analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownUndef and
4384 /// KnownZero elements for the expression (used to simplify the caller).
4385 /// The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be accurate for those bits
4386 /// in the DemandedMask.
4387 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4388 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4389 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4390 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4391 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4392 /// has multiple uses.
4393 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedEltMask,
4394 APInt &KnownUndef, APInt &KnownZero,
4395 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4396 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4397
4398 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedVectorElts.
4399 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4400 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4401 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4402
4403 /// Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by
4404 /// converting them to undefs.
4405 virtual bool
4407 const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4408 return true;
4409 }
4410
4411 /// If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the
4412 /// returned size in bits by converting
4413 /// (op x) to insert_subvector (op (extract_subvector x)).
4414 ///
4415 /// The returned size must be a multiple of the element size, greater than or
4416 /// equal to the demanded part of the vector and less than the original
4417 /// vector size. Return 0 to disable shrinking.
4418 virtual unsigned
4420 const APInt &DemandedElts) const {
4421 return 0;
4422 }
4423
4424 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4425 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4426 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4427 /// requested vector elements.
4428 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4430 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4431 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4432 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4433
4434 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4435 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4436 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4437 /// requested vector elements. This is for GISel.
4438 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4440 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4441 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4442 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4443
4444 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4445 Register R,
4447 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4448 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4449 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4450
4451 /// Determine the known alignment for the pointer value \p R. This is can
4452 /// typically be inferred from the number of low known 0 bits. However, for a
4453 /// pointer with a non-integral address space, the alignment value may be
4454 /// independent from the known low bits.
4455 virtual Align computeKnownAlignForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4456 Register R,
4457 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4458 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4459
4460 /// Determine known bits of a pointer to a known valid stack object.
4461 /// The default implementation computes low bits based on alignment.
4462 virtual void computeKnownBitsForStackObjectPointer(KnownBits &Known,
4463 const MachineFunction &MF,
4464 Align Alignment) const;
4465
4466 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4467 /// information about sign bits to the DAG Combiner. The DemandedElts
4468 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4469 /// by the requested vector elements.
4470 virtual unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4471 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4472 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4473 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4474
4475 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4476 /// information about sign bits to GlobalISel combiners. The DemandedElts
4477 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4478 /// by the requested vector elements.
4479 virtual unsigned computeNumSignBitsForTargetInstr(
4480 GISelValueTracking &Analysis, Register R, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4481 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4482
4483 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded vector
4484 /// elements, returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the expression and
4485 /// return a mask of KnownUndef and KnownZero elements for the expression
4486 /// (used to simplify the caller). The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be
4487 /// accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
4488 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedVectorEltsForTargetNode(
4489 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, APInt &KnownUndef,
4490 APInt &KnownZero, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4491
4492 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded bits/elts,
4493 /// returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the
4494 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4495 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4496 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4497 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4498 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4499 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4501 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4502 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4503
4504 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4505 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4506 /// bitwise ops etc.
4507 virtual SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBitsForTargetNode(
4508 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4509 SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Depth) const;
4510
4511 /// Return true if this function can prove that \p Op is never poison
4512 /// and, \p Kind can be used to track poison and/or undef bits. The
4513 /// DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested vector elements.
4514 virtual bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4515 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4516 UndefPoisonKind Kind, unsigned Depth) const;
4517
4518 /// Return true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison
4519 /// operands. The DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested
4520 /// vector elements.
4521 virtual bool canCreateUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4522 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4523 UndefPoisonKind Kind, bool ConsiderFlags, unsigned Depth) const;
4524
4525 /// Tries to build a legal vector shuffle using the provided parameters
4526 /// or equivalent variations. The Mask argument maybe be modified as the
4527 /// function tries different variations.
4528 /// Returns an empty SDValue if the operation fails.
4529 SDValue buildLegalVectorShuffle(EVT VT, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue N0,
4531 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4532
4533 /// This method returns the constant pool value that will be loaded by LD.
4534 /// NOTE: You must check for implicit extensions of the constant by LD.
4535 virtual const Constant *getTargetConstantFromLoad(LoadSDNode *LD) const;
4536
4537 /// Determine floating-point class information for a target node. The
4538 /// DemandedElts argument allows us to only collect the known FP classes
4539 /// that are shared by the requested vector elements.
4540 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4542 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4543 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4544 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4545
4546 /// If \p SNaN is false, \returns true if \p Op is known to never be any
4547 /// NaN. If \p sNaN is true, returns if \p Op is known to never be a signaling
4548 /// NaN.
4549 virtual bool isKnownNeverNaNForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4550 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4551 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4552 bool SNaN = false,
4553 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4554
4555 /// Return true if vector \p Op has the same value across all \p DemandedElts,
4556 /// indicating any elements which may be undef in the output \p UndefElts.
4557 virtual bool isSplatValueForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4558 APInt &UndefElts,
4559 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4560 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4561
4562 /// Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the
4563 /// target, which should not be transformed back into a BUILD_VECTOR.
4565 return Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR ||
4566 Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS;
4567 }
4568
4569 /// Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and
4570 /// not be transformed. Currently only used for "vselect (not Cond), N1, N2 ->
4571 /// vselect Cond, N2, N1".
4572 virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const { return false; }
4573
4575 void *DC; // The DAG Combiner object.
4578
4579 public:
4581
4582 DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
4583 : DC(dc), Level(level), CalledByLegalizer(cl), DAG(dag) {}
4584
4585 bool isBeforeLegalize() const { return Level == BeforeLegalizeTypes; }
4587 bool isAfterLegalizeDAG() const { return Level >= AfterLegalizeDAG; }
4590
4591 LLVM_ABI void AddToWorklist(SDNode *N);
4592 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, ArrayRef<SDValue> To,
4593 bool AddTo = true);
4594 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res, bool AddTo = true);
4595 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res0, SDValue Res1,
4596 bool AddTo = true);
4597
4598 LLVM_ABI bool recursivelyDeleteUnusedNodes(SDNode *N);
4599
4600 LLVM_ABI void CommitTargetLoweringOpt(const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO);
4601 };
4602
4603 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the true value
4604 /// from getBooleanContents().
4605 bool isConstTrueVal(SDValue N) const;
4606
4607 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the false value
4608 /// from getBooleanContents().
4609 bool isConstFalseVal(SDValue N) const;
4610
4611 /// Return if \p N is a True value when extended to \p VT.
4612 bool isExtendedTrueVal(const ConstantSDNode *N, EVT VT, bool SExt) const;
4613
4614 /// Try to simplify a setcc built with the specified operands and cc. If it is
4615 /// unable to simplify it, return a null SDValue.
4616 SDValue SimplifySetCC(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
4617 bool foldBooleans, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
4618 const SDLoc &dl) const;
4619
4620 // For targets which wrap address, unwrap for analysis.
4621 virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const { return N; }
4622
4623 /// Returns true (and the GlobalValue and the offset) if the node is a
4624 /// GlobalAddress + offset.
4625 virtual bool
4626 isGAPlusOffset(SDNode *N, const GlobalValue* &GA, int64_t &Offset) const;
4627
4628 /// This method will be invoked for all target nodes and for any
4629 /// target-independent nodes that the target has registered with invoke it
4630 /// for.
4631 ///
4632 /// The semantics are as follows:
4633 /// Return Value:
4634 /// SDValue.Val == 0 - No change was made
4635 /// SDValue.Val == N - N was replaced, is dead, and is already handled.
4636 /// otherwise - N should be replaced by the returned Operand.
4637 ///
4638 /// In addition, methods provided by DAGCombinerInfo may be used to perform
4639 /// more complex transformations.
4640 ///
4641 virtual SDValue PerformDAGCombine(SDNode *N, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4642
4643 /// Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount
4644 /// through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as necessary to
4645 /// preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable if it
4646 /// disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g. bitfield
4647 /// extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4648 ///
4649 /// @param N the shift node
4650 /// @param Level the current DAGCombine legalization level.
4652 CombineLevel Level) const {
4653 SDValue ShiftLHS = N->getOperand(0);
4654 if (!ShiftLHS->hasOneUse())
4655 return false;
4656 if (ShiftLHS.getOpcode() == ISD::SIGN_EXTEND &&
4657 !ShiftLHS.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse())
4658 return false;
4659 return true;
4660 }
4661
4662 /// GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a
4663 /// constant amount through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as
4664 /// necessary to preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable
4665 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4666 /// bitfield extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4667 ///
4668 /// @param MI the shift instruction
4669 /// @param IsAfterLegal true if running after legalization.
4671 bool IsAfterLegal) const {
4672 return true;
4673 }
4674
4675 /// GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine:
4676 /// shl ([sza]ext x), y => zext (shl x, y)
4677 virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const {
4678 return true;
4679 }
4680
4681 // Return AndOrSETCCFoldKind::{AddAnd, ABS} if its desirable to try and
4682 // optimize LogicOp(SETCC0, SETCC1). An example (what is implemented as of
4683 // writing this) is:
4684 // With C as a power of 2 and C != 0 and C != INT_MIN:
4685 // AddAnd:
4686 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4687 // -> (icmp eq and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4688 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4689 // -> (icmp ne and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4690 // ABS:
4691 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4692 // -> (icmp eq Abs(A), C)
4693 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4694 // -> (icmp ne Abs(A), C)
4695 //
4696 // @param LogicOp the logic op
4697 // @param SETCC0 the first of the SETCC nodes
4698 // @param SETCC0 the second of the SETCC nodes
4700 const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const {
4702 }
4703
4704 /// Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift
4705 /// to create a logical shift of NOT. This transformation may not be desirable
4706 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4707 /// BIC on ARM/AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4708 virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const {
4709 return true;
4710 }
4711
4712 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type
4713 /// and it is 'desirable' to use the type for the given node type. e.g. On x86
4714 /// i16 is legal, but undesirable since i16 instruction encodings are longer
4715 /// and some i16 instructions are slow.
4716 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned /*Opc*/, EVT VT) const {
4717 // By default, assume all legal types are desirable.
4718 return isTypeLegal(VT);
4719 }
4720
4721 /// Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating
4722 /// point op of specified opcode to a equivalent op of an integer
4723 /// type. e.g. f32 load -> i32 load can be profitable on ARM.
4724 virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned /*Opc*/,
4725 EVT /*VT*/) const {
4726 return false;
4727 }
4728
4729 /// This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to
4730 /// promote the specified node. If true, it should return the desired
4731 /// promotion type by reference.
4732 virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue /*Op*/, EVT &/*PVT*/) const {
4733 return false;
4734 }
4735
4736 /// Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute. It optimizes
4737 /// loads and stores to reading and writing a specific register.
4738 virtual bool supportSwiftError() const {
4739 return false;
4740 }
4741
4742 /// Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given
4743 /// machine function is handled explicitly via copies.
4744 virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const {
4745 return false;
4746 }
4747
4748 /// Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
4749 virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const { return false; }
4750
4751 /// Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
4752 virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const { return false; }
4753
4754 /// Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly
4755 /// via copies. This function is called at the beginning of instruction
4756 /// selection.
4757 virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const {
4758 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4759 }
4760
4761 /// Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks. We copy a subset of
4762 /// CSRs to virtual registers in the entry block, and copy them back to
4763 /// physical registers in the exit blocks. This function is called at the end
4764 /// of instruction selection.
4766 MachineBasicBlock *Entry,
4767 const SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock *> &Exits) const {
4768 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4769 }
4770
4771 /// Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and
4772 /// set the cost in \p Cost to indicate that if it is cheaper or neutral to
4773 /// do the negation.
4774 virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG,
4775 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4776 NegatibleCost &Cost,
4777 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4778
4780 SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4782 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4784 SDValue Neg =
4785 getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4786 if (!Neg)
4787 return SDValue();
4788
4789 if (Cost <= CostThreshold)
4790 return Neg;
4791
4792 // Remove the new created node to avoid the side effect to the DAG.
4793 if (Neg->use_empty())
4794 DAG.RemoveDeadNode(Neg.getNode());
4795 return SDValue();
4796 }
4797
4798 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only
4799 /// when the cost is cheaper.
4801 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4802 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4803 return getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize,
4805 }
4806
4807 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if
4808 /// the cost is not expensive.
4810 bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4812 return getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4813 }
4814
4815 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4816 // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
4817 // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
4818 //
4819
4820 /// Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register
4821 /// storing a legal type
4823 SelectionDAG & DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts,
4824 unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4825 return false;
4826 }
4827
4828 /// Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value
4829 virtual SDValue
4831 const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts,
4832 MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT,
4833 std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4834 return SDValue();
4835 }
4836
4837 /// This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments,
4838 /// described by the Ins array, into the specified DAG. The implementation
4839 /// should fill in the InVals array with legal-type argument values, and
4840 /// return the resulting token chain value.
4842 SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
4843 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::InputArg> & /*Ins*/, const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
4844 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*InVals*/) const {
4845 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4846 }
4847
4848 /// Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad
4849 /// blocks. The implementation should return the resulting token chain value.
4850 virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL,
4851 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
4852 return SDValue();
4853 }
4854
4855 virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC,
4856 ArgListTy &Args) const {}
4857
4858 /// This structure contains the information necessary for lowering
4859 /// pointer-authenticating indirect calls. It is equivalent to the "ptrauth"
4860 /// operand bundle found on the call instruction, if any.
4865
4866 /// This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering
4867 /// calls. It is passed to TLI::LowerCallTo when the SelectionDAG builder
4868 /// needs to lower a call, and targets will see this struct in their LowerCall
4869 /// implementation.
4872 /// Original unlegalized return type.
4873 Type *OrigRetTy = nullptr;
4874 /// Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
4875 Type *RetTy = nullptr;
4876 bool RetSExt : 1;
4877 bool RetZExt : 1;
4878 bool IsVarArg : 1;
4879 bool IsInReg : 1;
4885 bool NoMerge : 1;
4886
4887 // IsTailCall should be modified by implementations of
4888 // TargetLowering::LowerCall that perform tail call conversions.
4889 bool IsTailCall = false;
4890
4891 // Is Call lowering done post SelectionDAG type legalization.
4893
4894 unsigned NumFixedArgs = -1;
4900 const CallBase *CB = nullptr;
4905 const ConstantInt *CFIType = nullptr;
4908
4909 std::optional<PtrAuthInfo> PAI;
4910
4916
4918 DL = dl;
4919 return *this;
4920 }
4921
4923 Chain = InChain;
4924 return *this;
4925 }
4926
4927 // setCallee with target/module-specific attributes
4929 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4930 return setLibCallee(CC, ResultType, ResultType, Target,
4931 std::move(ArgsList));
4932 }
4933
4935 Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target,
4936 ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4937 OrigRetTy = OrigResultType;
4938 RetTy = ResultType;
4939 Callee = Target;
4940 CallConv = CC;
4941 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4942 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4943
4944 DAG.getTargetLoweringInfo().markLibCallAttributes(
4945 &(DAG.getMachineFunction()), CC, Args);
4946 return *this;
4947 }
4948
4950 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4951 AttributeSet ResultAttrs = {}) {
4952 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4953 IsInReg = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::InReg);
4954 RetSExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::SExt);
4955 RetZExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::ZExt);
4956 NoMerge = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::NoMerge);
4957
4958 Callee = Target;
4959 CallConv = CC;
4960 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4961 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4962 return *this;
4963 }
4964
4966 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4967 const CallBase &Call) {
4968 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4969
4970 IsInReg = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::InReg);
4972 Call.doesNotReturn() ||
4973 (!isa<InvokeInst>(Call) && isa<UnreachableInst>(Call.getNextNode()));
4974 IsVarArg = FTy->isVarArg();
4975 IsReturnValueUsed = !Call.use_empty();
4976 RetSExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::SExt);
4977 RetZExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::ZExt);
4978 NoMerge = Call.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge);
4979
4980 Callee = Target;
4981
4982 CallConv = Call.getCallingConv();
4983 NumFixedArgs = FTy->getNumParams();
4984 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4985
4986 CB = &Call;
4987
4988 return *this;
4989 }
4990
4992 IsInReg = Value;
4993 return *this;
4994 }
4995
4998 return *this;
4999 }
5000
5002 IsVarArg = Value;
5003 return *this;
5004 }
5005
5007 IsTailCall = Value;
5008 return *this;
5009 }
5010
5013 return *this;
5014 }
5015
5018 return *this;
5019 }
5020
5022 RetSExt = Value;
5023 return *this;
5024 }
5025
5027 RetZExt = Value;
5028 return *this;
5029 }
5030
5033 return *this;
5034 }
5035
5038 return *this;
5039 }
5040
5042 PAI = Value;
5043 return *this;
5044 }
5045
5048 return *this;
5049 }
5050
5052 CFIType = Type;
5053 return *this;
5054 }
5055
5058 return *this;
5059 }
5060
5062 DeactivationSymbol = Sym;
5063 return *this;
5064 }
5065
5067 return Args;
5068 }
5069 };
5070
5071 /// This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
5073 // By passing type list before soften to makeLibCall, the target hook
5074 // shouldExtendTypeInLibCall can get the original type before soften.
5078
5079 bool IsSigned : 1;
5083 bool IsSoften : 1;
5084
5088
5090 IsSigned = Value;
5091 return *this;
5092 }
5093
5096 return *this;
5097 }
5098
5101 return *this;
5102 }
5103
5106 return *this;
5107 }
5108
5110 OpsVTBeforeSoften = OpsVT;
5111 RetVTBeforeSoften = RetVT;
5112 IsSoften = true;
5113 return *this;
5114 }
5115
5116 /// Override the argument type for an operand. Leave the type as null to use
5117 /// the type from the operand's node.
5119 OpsTypeOverrides = OpsTypes;
5120 return *this;
5121 }
5122 };
5123
5124 /// This function lowers an abstract call to a function into an actual call.
5125 /// This returns a pair of operands. The first element is the return value
5126 /// for the function (if RetTy is not VoidTy). The second element is the
5127 /// outgoing token chain. It calls LowerCall to do the actual lowering.
5128 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> LowerCallTo(CallLoweringInfo &CLI) const;
5129
5130 /// This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified
5131 /// DAG. The outgoing arguments to the call are described by the Outs array,
5132 /// and the values to be returned by the call are described by the Ins
5133 /// array. The implementation should fill in the InVals array with legal-type
5134 /// return values from the call, and return the resulting token chain value.
5135 virtual SDValue
5137 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*InVals*/) const {
5138 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5139 }
5140
5141 /// Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
5142 virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const {}
5143
5144 /// This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values
5145 /// described by the Outs array can fit into the return registers. If false
5146 /// is returned, an sret-demotion is performed.
5147 virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5148 MachineFunction &/*MF*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5149 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &/*Outs*/,
5150 LLVMContext &/*Context*/, const Type *RetTy) const
5151 {
5152 // Return true by default to get preexisting behavior.
5153 return true;
5154 }
5155
5156 /// Annotate a stack object pointer with known-bits assertions.
5157 SDValue annotateStackObjectPointer(SDValue Ptr, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5158 const SDLoc &DL, Align Alignment) const;
5159
5160 /// This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described
5161 /// by the Outs array, into the specified DAG. The implementation should
5162 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5163 virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5164 bool /*isVarArg*/,
5165 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> & /*Outs*/,
5166 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*OutVals*/,
5167 const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5168 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/) const {
5169 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5170 }
5171
5172 /// Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node
5173 /// only. It also compute and return the input chain for the tail call.
5174 ///
5175 /// This is used to determine whether it is possible to codegen a libcall as
5176 /// tail call at legalization time.
5177 virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &/*Chain*/) const {
5178 return false;
5179 }
5180
5181 /// Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail
5182 /// call. This is used by optimization passes to determine if it's profitable
5183 /// to duplicate return instructions to enable tailcall optimization.
5184 virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const {
5185 return false;
5186 }
5187
5188 /// Return the register ID of the name passed in. Used by named register
5189 /// global variables extension. There is no target-independent behaviour
5190 /// so the default action is to bail.
5191 virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char* RegName, LLT Ty,
5192 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
5193 reportFatalUsageError("Named registers not implemented for this target");
5194 }
5195
5196 /// Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a
5197 /// zeroext/signext integer return value. FIXME: Some C calling conventions
5198 /// require the return type to be promoted, but this is not true all the time,
5199 /// e.g. i1/i8/i16 on x86/x86_64. It is also not necessary for non-C calling
5200 /// conventions. The frontend should handle this and include all of the
5201 /// necessary information.
5203 ISD::NodeType /*ExtendKind*/) const {
5204 EVT MinVT = getRegisterType(MVT::i32);
5205 return VT.bitsLT(MinVT) ? MinVT : VT;
5206 }
5207
5208 /// For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple
5209 /// simple types, but the calling convention specifies that the entire struct
5210 /// must be passed in a block of consecutive registers.
5211 virtual bool
5213 bool isVarArg,
5214 const DataLayout &DL) const {
5215 return false;
5216 }
5217
5218 /// For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple
5219 /// smaller types. Usually the halves are ordered according to the endianness
5220 /// but for some platform that would break. So this method will default to
5221 /// matching the endianness but can be overridden.
5222 virtual bool
5224 return DL.isLittleEndian();
5225 }
5226
5227 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as
5228 /// scratch registers.
5230 return nullptr;
5231 }
5232
5233 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be
5234 /// attached into strict FP call.
5238
5239 /// This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
5240 /// It takes a chain node as input and returns the chain for the load itself.
5241 ///
5242 /// Having a callback like this is necessary for targets like SystemZ,
5243 /// which allows a CPU to reuse the result of a previous load indefinitely,
5244 /// even if a cache-coherent store is performed by another CPU. The default
5245 /// implementation does nothing.
5247 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5248 return Chain;
5249 }
5250
5251 /// This callback is invoked by the type legalizer to legalize nodes with an
5252 /// illegal operand type but legal result types. It replaces the
5253 /// LowerOperation callback in the type Legalizer. The reason we can not do
5254 /// away with LowerOperation entirely is that LegalizeDAG isn't yet ready to
5255 /// use this callback.
5256 ///
5257 /// TODO: Consider merging with ReplaceNodeResults.
5258 ///
5259 /// The target places new result values for the node in Results (their number
5260 /// and types must exactly match those of the original return values of
5261 /// the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the node is not
5262 /// to be custom lowered after all.
5263 /// The default implementation calls LowerOperation.
5264 virtual void LowerOperationWrapper(SDNode *N,
5266 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5267
5268 /// This callback is invoked for operations that are unsupported by the
5269 /// target, which are registered to use 'custom' lowering, and whose defined
5270 /// values are all legal. If the target has no operations that require custom
5271 /// lowering, it need not implement this. The default implementation of this
5272 /// aborts.
5273 virtual SDValue LowerOperation(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5274
5275 /// This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the
5276 /// target, and the operation was registered to use 'custom' lowering for that
5277 /// result type. The target places new result values for the node in Results
5278 /// (their number and types must exactly match those of the original return
5279 /// values of the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the
5280 /// node is not to be custom lowered after all.
5281 ///
5282 /// If the target has no operations that require custom lowering, it need not
5283 /// implement this. The default implementation aborts.
5284 virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode * /*N*/,
5285 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*Results*/,
5286 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
5287 llvm_unreachable("ReplaceNodeResults not implemented for this target!");
5288 }
5289
5290 /// This method returns the name of a target specific DAG node.
5291 virtual const char *getTargetNodeName(unsigned Opcode) const;
5292
5293 /// This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the
5294 /// target does not support "fast" ISel.
5296 const TargetLibraryInfo *,
5297 const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const {
5298 return nullptr;
5299 }
5300
5301 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5302 // Inline Asm Support hooks
5303 //
5304
5306 C_Register, // Constraint represents specific register(s).
5307 C_RegisterClass, // Constraint represents any of register(s) in class.
5308 C_Memory, // Memory constraint.
5309 C_Address, // Address constraint.
5310 C_Immediate, // Requires an immediate.
5311 C_Other, // Something else.
5312 C_Unknown // Unsupported constraint.
5313 };
5314
5316 // Generic weights.
5317 CW_Invalid = -1, // No match.
5318 CW_Okay = 0, // Acceptable.
5319 CW_Good = 1, // Good weight.
5320 CW_Better = 2, // Better weight.
5321 CW_Best = 3, // Best weight.
5322
5323 // Well-known weights.
5324 CW_SpecificReg = CW_Okay, // Specific register operands.
5325 CW_Register = CW_Good, // Register operands.
5326 CW_Memory = CW_Better, // Memory operands.
5327 CW_Constant = CW_Best, // Constant operand.
5328 CW_Default = CW_Okay // Default or don't know type.
5329 };
5330
5331 /// This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
5333 /// This contains the actual string for the code, like "m". TargetLowering
5334 /// picks the 'best' code from ConstraintInfo::Codes that most closely
5335 /// matches the operand.
5336 std::string ConstraintCode;
5337
5338 /// Information about the constraint code, e.g. Register, RegisterClass,
5339 /// Memory, Other, Unknown.
5341
5342 /// If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null,
5343 /// otherwise it is the incoming operand to the CallInst. This gets
5344 /// modified as the asm is processed.
5346
5347 /// The ValueType for the operand value.
5348 MVT ConstraintVT = MVT::Other;
5349
5350 /// Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
5353
5354 /// Return true of this is an input operand that is a matching constraint
5355 /// like "4".
5356 LLVM_ABI bool isMatchingInputConstraint() const;
5357
5358 /// If this is an input matching constraint, this method returns the output
5359 /// operand it matches.
5360 LLVM_ABI unsigned getMatchedOperand() const;
5361 };
5362
5363 using AsmOperandInfoVector = std::vector<AsmOperandInfo>;
5364
5365 /// Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the
5366 /// specific constraints and their prefixes, and also tie in the associated
5367 /// operand values. If this returns an empty vector, and if the constraint
5368 /// string itself isn't empty, there was an error parsing.
5370 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
5371 const CallBase &Call) const;
5372
5373 /// Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
5374 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5376 AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const;
5377
5378 /// Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
5379 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5381 AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const;
5382
5383 /// Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific
5384 /// AsmOperandInfo, setting OpInfo.ConstraintCode and OpInfo.ConstraintType.
5385 /// If the actual operand being passed in is available, it can be passed in as
5386 /// Op, otherwise an empty SDValue can be passed.
5387 virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5388 SDValue Op,
5389 SelectionDAG *DAG = nullptr) const;
5390
5391 /// Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
5392 virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const;
5393
5394 using ConstraintPair = std::pair<StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType>;
5396 /// Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a
5397 /// sorted Vector of pairs of constraint codes and their types in priority of
5398 /// what we'd prefer to lower them as. This may contain immediates that
5399 /// cannot be lowered, but it is meant to be a machine agnostic order of
5400 /// preferences.
5402
5403 /// Given a physical register constraint (e.g. {edx}), return the register
5404 /// number and the register class for the register.
5405 ///
5406 /// Given a register class constraint, like 'r', if this corresponds directly
5407 /// to an LLVM register class, return a register of 0 and the register class
5408 /// pointer.
5409 ///
5410 /// This should only be used for C_Register constraints. On error, this
5411 /// returns a register number of 0 and a null register class pointer.
5412 virtual std::pair<unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass *>
5414 StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const;
5415
5417 getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const {
5418 if (ConstraintCode == "m")
5420 if (ConstraintCode == "o")
5422 if (ConstraintCode == "X")
5424 if (ConstraintCode == "p")
5427 }
5428
5429 /// Try to replace an X constraint, which matches anything, with another that
5430 /// has more specific requirements based on the type of the corresponding
5431 /// operand. This returns null if there is no replacement to make.
5432 virtual const char *LowerXConstraint(EVT ConstraintVT) const;
5433
5434 /// Lower the specified operand into the Ops vector. If it is invalid, don't
5435 /// add anything to Ops.
5436 virtual void LowerAsmOperandForConstraint(SDValue Op, StringRef Constraint,
5437 std::vector<SDValue> &Ops,
5438 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5439
5440 // Lower custom output constraints. If invalid, return SDValue().
5441 virtual SDValue LowerAsmOutputForConstraint(SDValue &Chain, SDValue &Glue,
5442 const SDLoc &DL,
5443 const AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5444 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5445
5446 // Targets may override this function to collect operands from the CallInst
5447 // and for example, lower them into the SelectionDAG operands.
5448 virtual void CollectTargetIntrinsicOperands(const CallInst &I,
5450 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5451
5452 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5453 // Div utility functions
5454 //
5455
5456 SDValue BuildSDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5457 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5458 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5459 SDValue BuildUDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5460 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5461 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5462 // Build sdiv by power-of-2 with conditional move instructions
5463 SDValue buildSDIVPow2WithCMov(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5464 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5465 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5466
5467 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SDIV lowering for
5468 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5469 /// assumes SDIV is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5470 /// operations.
5471 virtual SDValue BuildSDIVPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5472 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5473 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5474
5475 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SREM lowering for
5476 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5477 /// assumes SREM is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5478 /// operations.
5479 virtual SDValue BuildSREMPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5480 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5481 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5482
5483 /// Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same
5484 /// divisor. If the transform should never be done, return zero. If the
5485 /// transform should be done, return the minimum number of divisor uses
5486 /// that must exist.
5487 virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const {
5488 return 0;
5489 }
5490
5491 /// Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square
5492 /// roots.
5493
5494 /// Return either a square root or its reciprocal estimate value for the input
5495 /// operand.
5496 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5497 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5498 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5499 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5500 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5501 /// The boolean UseOneConstNR output is used to select a Newton-Raphson
5502 /// algorithm implementation that uses either one or two constants.
5503 /// The boolean Reciprocal is used to select whether the estimate is for the
5504 /// square root of the input operand or the reciprocal of its square root.
5505 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5506 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5507 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5508 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5510 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps,
5511 bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const {
5512 return SDValue();
5513 }
5514
5515 /// Try to convert the fminnum/fmaxnum to a compare/select sequence. This is
5516 /// required for correctness since InstCombine might have canonicalized a
5517 /// fcmp+select sequence to a FMINNUM/FMAXNUM intrinsic. If we were to fall
5518 /// through to the default expansion/soften to libcall, we might introduce a
5519 /// link-time dependency on libm into a file that originally did not have one.
5520 SDValue createSelectForFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5521
5522 /// Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
5523 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5524 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5525 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5526 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5527 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5528 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5529 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5530 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5531 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5533 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const {
5534 return SDValue();
5535 }
5536
5537 /// Return a target-dependent comparison result if the input operand is
5538 /// suitable for use with a square root estimate calculation. For example, the
5539 /// comparison may check if the operand is NAN, INF, zero, normal, etc. The
5540 /// result should be used as the condition operand for a select or branch.
5541 virtual SDValue getSqrtInputTest(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5542 const DenormalMode &Mode,
5543 SDNodeFlags Flags = {}) const;
5544
5545 /// Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for
5546 /// use with a square root estimate calculation.
5548 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5549 return DAG.getConstantFP(0.0, SDLoc(Operand), Operand.getValueType());
5550 }
5551
5552 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5553 // Legalization utility functions
5554 //
5555
5556 /// Expand a MUL or [US]MUL_LOHI of n-bit values into two or four nodes,
5557 /// respectively, each computing an n/2-bit part of the result.
5558 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the parts of the result
5559 /// in little-endian order.
5560 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5561 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5562 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5563 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5564 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5565 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5566 bool expandMUL_LOHI(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue LHS,
5567 SDValue RHS, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
5568 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5569 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5570 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5571
5572 /// Expand a MUL into two nodes. One that computes the high bits of
5573 /// the result and one that computes the low bits.
5574 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi nodes.
5575 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5576 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5577 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5578 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5579 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5580 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded. false if it has not
5581 bool expandMUL(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi, EVT HiLoVT,
5582 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5583 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5584 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5585
5586 /// Attempt to expand an n-bit div/rem/divrem by constant using an n/2-bit
5587 /// algorithm. First, attempt to expand the division using a n/2-bit urem by
5588 /// constant and other arithmetic ops. The n/2-bit urem by constant will be
5589 /// expanded by DAGCombiner. As this is not possible for all constant
5590 /// divisors, this method falls back to an implementation of the magic
5591 /// algorithm using n/2-bit operations.
5592 /// \param N Node to expand
5593 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the lo and high parts of
5594 /// the results. For *DIVREM, this will be the quotient parts followed
5595 /// by the remainder parts.
5596 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi parts. Should be
5597 /// half of VT.
5598 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the operation. You can use this
5599 /// parameter if you want to control how low bits are extracted from
5600 /// the LHS.
5601 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the operation. See LL for meaning.
5602 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not.
5603 bool expandDIVREMByConstant(SDNode *N, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result,
5604 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5605 SDValue LL = SDValue(),
5606 SDValue LH = SDValue()) const;
5607
5608 /// Expand funnel shift.
5609 /// \param N Node to expand
5610 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5611 SDValue expandFunnelShift(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5612
5613 /// Expand carryless multiply.
5614 /// \param N Node to expand
5615 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5616 SDValue expandCLMUL(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5617
5618 /// Expand parallel bit extract (compress).
5619 /// \param N Node to expand
5620 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5621 SDValue expandPEXT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5622
5623 /// Expand parallel bit deposit (expand).
5624 /// \param N Node to expand
5625 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5626 SDValue expandPDEP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5627
5628 /// Expand rotations.
5629 /// \param N Node to expand
5630 /// \param AllowVectorOps expand vector rotate, this should only be performed
5631 /// if the legalization is happening outside of LegalizeVectorOps
5632 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5633 SDValue expandROT(SDNode *N, bool AllowVectorOps, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5634
5635 /// Expand shift-by-parts.
5636 /// \param N Node to expand
5637 /// \param Lo lower-output-part after conversion
5638 /// \param Hi upper-output-part after conversion
5639 void expandShiftParts(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi,
5640 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5641
5642 /// Expand float(f32) to SINT(i64) conversion
5643 /// \param N Node to expand
5644 /// \param Result output after conversion
5645 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5646 bool expandFP_TO_SINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5647
5648 /// Expand float to UINT conversion
5649 /// \param N Node to expand
5650 /// \param Result output after conversion
5651 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5652 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5653 bool expandFP_TO_UINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5654 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5655
5656 /// Expand UINT(i64) to double(f64) conversion
5657 /// \param N Node to expand
5658 /// \param Result output after conversion
5659 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5660 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5661 bool expandUINT_TO_FP(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5662 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5663
5664 /// Expand fminnum/fmaxnum into fminnum_ieee/fmaxnum_ieee with quieted inputs.
5665 SDValue expandFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5666
5667 /// Expand fminimum/fmaximum into multiple comparison with selects.
5668 SDValue expandFMINIMUM_FMAXIMUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5669
5670 /// Expand fminimumnum/fmaximumnum into multiple comparison with selects.
5671 SDValue expandFMINIMUMNUM_FMAXIMUMNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5672
5673 /// Expand FP_TO_[US]INT_SAT into FP_TO_[US]INT and selects or min/max.
5674 /// \param N Node to expand
5675 /// \returns The expansion result
5676 SDValue expandFP_TO_INT_SAT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5677
5678 /// Truncate Op to ResultVT. If the result is exact, leave it alone. If it is
5679 /// not exact, force the result to be odd.
5680 /// \param ResultVT The type of result.
5681 /// \param Op The value to round.
5682 /// \returns The expansion result
5683 SDValue expandRoundInexactToOdd(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, const SDLoc &DL,
5684 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5685
5686 /// Expand round(fp) to fp conversion
5687 /// \param N Node to expand
5688 /// \returns The expansion result
5689 SDValue expandFP_ROUND(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5690
5691 /// Expand check for floating point class.
5692 /// \param ResultVT The type of intrinsic call result.
5693 /// \param Op The tested value.
5694 /// \param Test The test to perform.
5695 /// \param Flags The optimization flags.
5696 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5697 SDValue expandIS_FPCLASS(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, FPClassTest Test,
5698 SDNodeFlags Flags, const SDLoc &DL,
5699 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5700
5701 /// Expand FCANONICALIZE to FMUL with 1.
5702 /// \param NodeNode to expand
5703 /// \returns The expansion result
5704 SDValue expandFCANONICALIZE(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5705
5706 /// Expand CONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5707 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5708 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5709 SDValue expandCONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5710
5711 /// Expand CONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5712 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5713 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5714 SDValue expandCONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node,
5715 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5716
5717 /// Expand CTPOP nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTPOP nodes,
5718 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5719 /// \param N Node to expand
5720 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5721 SDValue expandCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5722
5723 /// Expand VP_CTPOP nodes.
5724 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5725 SDValue expandVPCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5726
5727 /// Expand CTLZ/CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTLZ nodes,
5728 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5729 /// \param N Node to expand
5730 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5731 SDValue expandCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5732
5733 /// Expand VP_CTLZ/VP_CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5734 /// \param N Node to expand
5735 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5736 SDValue expandVPCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5737
5738 /// Expand CTLS (count leading sign bits) nodes.
5739 /// CTLS(x) = CTLZ(OR(SHL(XOR(x, SRA(x, BW-1)), 1), 1))
5740 /// \param N Node to expand
5741 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5742 SDValue expandCTLS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5743
5744 /// Expand CTTZ via Table Lookup.
5745 /// \param N Node to expand
5746 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5747 SDValue CTTZTableLookup(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT,
5748 SDValue Op, unsigned NumBitsPerElt) const;
5749
5750 /// Expand CTTZ/CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTTZ nodes,
5751 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5752 /// \param N Node to expand
5753 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5754 SDValue expandCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5755
5756 /// Expand VP_CTTZ/VP_CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5757 /// \param N Node to expand
5758 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5759 SDValue expandVPCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5760
5761 /// Expand VP_CTTZ_ELTS/VP_CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5762 /// \param N Node to expand
5763 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5764 SDValue expandVPCTTZElements(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5765
5766 /// Expand VECTOR_FIND_LAST_ACTIVE nodes
5767 /// \param N Node to expand
5768 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5769 SDValue expandVectorFindLastActive(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5770
5771 /// Expand LOOP_DEPENDENCE_MASK nodes
5772 /// \param N Node to expand
5773 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5774 SDValue expandLoopDependenceMask(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5775
5776 /// Expand ABS nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABS nodes,
5777 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5778 /// (ABS x) -> (XOR (ADD x, (SRA x, type_size)), (SRA x, type_size))
5779 /// \param N Node to expand
5780 /// \param IsNegative indicate negated abs
5781 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5782 SDValue expandABS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5783 bool IsNegative = false) const;
5784
5785 /// Expand ABDS/ABDU nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABDS/ABDU nodes.
5786 /// \param N Node to expand
5787 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5788 SDValue expandABD(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5789
5790 /// Expand vector/scalar AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU/AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU nodes.
5791 /// \param N Node to expand
5792 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5793 SDValue expandAVG(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5794
5795 /// Expand BSWAP nodes. Expands scalar/vector BSWAP nodes with i16/i32/i64
5796 /// scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5797 /// \param N Node to expand
5798 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5799 SDValue expandBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5800
5801 /// Expand VP_BSWAP nodes. Expands VP_BSWAP nodes with
5802 /// i16/i32/i64 scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails. \param N Node
5803 /// to expand \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5804 SDValue expandVPBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5805
5806 /// Expand BITREVERSE nodes. Expands scalar/vector BITREVERSE nodes.
5807 /// Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5808 /// \param N Node to expand
5809 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5810 SDValue expandBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5811
5812 /// Expand VP_BITREVERSE nodes. Expands VP_BITREVERSE nodes with
5813 /// i8/i16/i32/i64 scalar types. \param N Node to expand \returns The
5814 /// expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5815 SDValue expandVPBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5816
5817 /// Turn load of vector type into a load of the individual elements.
5818 /// \param LD load to expand
5819 /// \returns BUILD_VECTOR and TokenFactor nodes.
5820 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> scalarizeVectorLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5821 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5822
5823 // Turn a store of a vector type into stores of the individual elements.
5824 /// \param ST Store with a vector value type
5825 /// \returns TokenFactor of the individual store chains.
5827
5828 /// Expands an unaligned load to 2 half-size loads for an integer, and
5829 /// possibly more for vectors.
5830 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> expandUnalignedLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5831 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5832
5833 /// Expands an unaligned store to 2 half-size stores for integer values, and
5834 /// possibly more for vectors.
5835 SDValue expandUnalignedStore(StoreSDNode *ST, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5836
5837 /// Increments memory address \p Addr according to the type of the value
5838 /// \p DataVT that should be stored. If the data is stored in compressed
5839 /// form, the memory address should be incremented according to the number of
5840 /// the stored elements. This number is equal to the number of '1's bits
5841 /// in the \p Mask.
5842 /// \p DataVT is a vector type. \p Mask is a vector value.
5843 /// \p DataVT and \p Mask have the same number of vector elements.
5844 SDValue IncrementMemoryAddress(SDValue Addr, SDValue Mask, const SDLoc &DL,
5845 EVT DataVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5846 bool IsCompressedMemory) const;
5847
5848 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5849 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5850 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5851 /// bounds. \p PtrArithFlags can be used to mark that arithmetic within the
5852 /// vector in memory is known to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5853 SDValue getVectorElementPointer(
5854 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index,
5855 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5856
5857 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5858 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5859 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5860 /// bounds. \p VecPtr is guaranteed to point to the beginning of a memory
5861 /// location large enough for the vector.
5863 EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const {
5864 return getVectorElementPointer(DAG, VecPtr, VecVT, Index,
5867 }
5868
5869 /// Get a pointer to a sub-vector of type \p SubVecVT at index \p Idx located
5870 /// in memory for a vector of type \p VecVT starting at a base address of
5871 /// \p VecPtr. If \p Idx plus the size of \p SubVecVT is out of bounds the
5872 /// returned pointer is unspecified, but the value returned will be such that
5873 /// the entire subvector would be within the vector bounds. \p PtrArithFlags
5874 /// can be used to mark that arithmetic within the vector in memory is known
5875 /// to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5876 SDValue
5877 getVectorSubVecPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT,
5878 EVT SubVecVT, SDValue Index,
5879 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5880
5881 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][MIN|MAX]. This
5882 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5883 SDValue expandIntMINMAX(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5884
5885 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][ADD|SUB]SAT. This
5886 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5887 SDValue expandAddSubSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5888
5889 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]CMP. This
5890 /// method accepts integers as its arguments
5891 SDValue expandCMP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5892
5893 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]SHLSAT. This
5894 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5895 SDValue expandShlSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5896
5897 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[U|S]MULFIX[SAT]. This
5898 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5899 SDValue expandFixedPointMul(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5900
5901 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]DIVFIX[SAT]. This
5902 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5903 /// Note: This method may fail if the division could not be performed
5904 /// within the type. Clients must retry with a wider type if this happens.
5905 SDValue expandFixedPointDiv(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &dl,
5907 unsigned Scale, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5908
5909 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::U(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5910 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5911 void expandUADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5912 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5913
5914 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::S(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5915 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5916 void expandSADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5917 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5918
5919 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]MULO. Returns whether
5920 /// expansion was successful and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5921 bool expandMULO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5922 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5923
5924 /// Calculate the product twice the width of LHS and RHS. If HiLHS/HiRHS are
5925 /// non-null they will be included in the multiplication. The expansion works
5926 /// by splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add
5927 /// together without neding MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5928 void forceExpandMultiply(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5930 SDValue HiLHS = SDValue(),
5931 SDValue HiRHS = SDValue()) const;
5932
5933 /// Calculate full product of LHS and RHS either via a libcall or through
5934 /// brute force expansion of the multiplication. The expansion works by
5935 /// splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add together
5936 /// without needing MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5937 void forceExpandWideMUL(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5938 const SDValue LHS, const SDValue RHS, SDValue &Lo,
5939 SDValue &Hi) const;
5940
5941 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_* into an explicit calculation. If Count is specified,
5942 /// only the first Count elements of the vector are used.
5943 SDValue expandVecReduce(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5944
5945 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_SEQ_* into an explicit ordered calculation.
5946 SDValue expandVecReduceSeq(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5947
5948 /// Expand an SREM or UREM using SDIV/UDIV or SDIVREM/UDIVREM, if legal.
5949 /// Returns true if the expansion was successful.
5950 bool expandREM(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5951
5952 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::VECTOR_SPLICE. This
5953 /// method accepts vectors as its arguments.
5954 SDValue expandVectorSplice(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5955
5956 /// Expand a vector VECTOR_COMPRESS into a sequence of extract element, store
5957 /// temporarily, advance store position, before re-loading the final vector.
5958 SDValue expandVECTOR_COMPRESS(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5959
5960 /// Expand a CTTZ_ELTS or CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON by calculating (VL - i) for
5961 /// each active lane (i), getting the maximum and subtracting it from VL.
5962 SDValue expandCttzElts(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5963
5964 /// Expands PARTIAL_REDUCE_S/UMLA nodes to a series of simpler operations,
5965 /// consisting of zext/sext, extract_subvector, mul and add operations.
5966 SDValue expandPartialReduceMLA(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5967
5968 /// Expands a node with multiple results to an FP or vector libcall. The
5969 /// libcall is expected to take all the operands of the \p Node followed by
5970 /// output pointers for each of the results. \p CallRetResNo can be optionally
5971 /// set to indicate that one of the results comes from the libcall's return
5972 /// value.
5973 bool expandMultipleResultFPLibCall(
5974 SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, SDNode *Node,
5976 std::optional<unsigned> CallRetResNo = {}) const;
5977
5978 /// Legalize a SETCC or VP_SETCC with given LHS and RHS and condition code CC
5979 /// on the current target. A VP_SETCC will additionally be given a Mask
5980 /// and/or EVL not equal to SDValue().
5981 ///
5982 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using AND / OR, then the legalized node
5983 /// will be stored in LHS. RHS and CC will be set to SDValue(). NeedInvert
5984 /// will be set to false. This will also hold if the VP_SETCC has been
5985 /// legalized using VP_AND / VP_OR.
5986 ///
5987 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized by using
5988 /// getSetCCSwappedOperands(), then the values of LHS and RHS will be
5989 /// swapped, CC will be set to the new condition, and NeedInvert will be set
5990 /// to false.
5991 ///
5992 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized using the inverse condcode,
5993 /// then LHS and RHS will be unchanged, CC will set to the inverted condcode,
5994 /// and NeedInvert will be set to true. The caller must invert the result of
5995 /// the SETCC with SelectionDAG::getLogicalNOT() or take equivalent action to
5996 /// swap the effect of a true/false result.
5997 ///
5998 /// \returns true if the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized, false if it
5999 /// hasn't.
6000 bool LegalizeSetCCCondCode(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &LHS,
6001 SDValue &RHS, SDValue &CC, SDValue Mask,
6002 SDValue EVL, bool &NeedInvert, const SDLoc &dl,
6003 SDValue &Chain, bool IsSignaling = false) const;
6004
6005 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6006 // Instruction Emitting Hooks
6007 //
6008
6009 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6010 /// the 'usesCustomInserter' flag. These instructions are special in various
6011 /// ways, which require special support to insert. The specified MachineInstr
6012 /// is created but not inserted into any basic blocks, and this method is
6013 /// called to expand it into a sequence of instructions, potentially also
6014 /// creating new basic blocks and control flow.
6015 /// As long as the returned basic block is different (i.e., we created a new
6016 /// one), the custom inserter is free to modify the rest of \p MBB.
6017 virtual MachineBasicBlock *
6018 EmitInstrWithCustomInserter(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
6019
6020 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6021 /// the 'hasPostISelHook' flag. These instructions must be adjusted after
6022 /// instruction selection by target hooks. e.g. To fill in optional defs for
6023 /// ARM 's' setting instructions.
6024 virtual void AdjustInstrPostInstrSelection(MachineInstr &MI,
6025 SDNode *Node) const;
6026
6027 /// If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a
6028 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering Intrinsic::stackprotector.
6029 virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const { return false; }
6030
6032 const SDLoc &DL) const {
6033 llvm_unreachable("not implemented for this target");
6034 }
6035
6036 /// Lower TLS global address SDNode for target independent emulated TLS model.
6037 virtual SDValue LowerToTLSEmulatedModel(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA,
6038 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6039
6040 /// Expands target specific indirect branch for the case of JumpTable
6041 /// expansion.
6042 virtual SDValue expandIndirectJTBranch(const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Value,
6043 SDValue Addr, int JTI,
6044 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6045
6046 // seteq(x, 0) -> truncate(srl(ctlz(zext(x)), log2(#bits)))
6047 // If we're comparing for equality to zero and isCtlzFast is true, expose the
6048 // fact that this can be implemented as a ctlz/srl pair, so that the dag
6049 // combiner can fold the new nodes.
6050 SDValue lowerCmpEqZeroToCtlzSrl(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6051
6052 // Return true if `X & Y eq/ne 0` is preferable to `X & Y ne/eq Y`
6054 return true;
6055 }
6056
6057 // Expand vector operation by dividing it into smaller length operations and
6058 // joining their results. SDValue() is returned when expansion did not happen.
6059 SDValue expandVectorNaryOpBySplitting(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6060
6061 /// Replace an extraction of a load with a narrowed load.
6062 ///
6063 /// \param ResultVT type of the result extraction.
6064 /// \param InVecVT type of the input vector to with bitcasts resolved.
6065 /// \param EltNo index of the vector element to load.
6066 /// \param OriginalLoad vector load that to be replaced.
6067 /// \returns \p ResultVT Load on success SDValue() on failure.
6068 SDValue scalarizeExtractedVectorLoad(EVT ResultVT, const SDLoc &DL,
6069 EVT InVecVT, SDValue EltNo,
6070 LoadSDNode *OriginalLoad,
6071 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6072
6073protected:
6074 void setTypeIdForCallsiteInfo(const CallBase *CB, MachineFunction &MF,
6075 MachineFunction::CallSiteInfo &CSInfo) const;
6076
6077private:
6078 SDValue foldSetCCWithAnd(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6079 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6080 SDValue foldSetCCWithOr(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6081 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6082 SDValue foldSetCCWithBinOp(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6083 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6084
6085 SDValue optimizeSetCCOfSignedTruncationCheck(EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0,
6087 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6088 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6089
6090 // (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 --> ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
6091 SDValue optimizeSetCCByHoistingAndByConstFromLogicalShift(
6092 EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1C, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6093 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL) const;
6094
6095 SDValue prepareUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6096 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6097 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6098 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6099 SDValue buildUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6100 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6101 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6102
6103 SDValue prepareSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6104 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6105 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6106 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6107 SDValue buildSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6108 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6109 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6110
6111 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUREMDecomposition(
6112 SDNode *N, APInt Divisor, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
6113 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6114
6115 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUMulHiMagic(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
6117 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
6118 SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6119};
6120
6121/// Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value
6122/// EVTs and flags, and optionally also the offsets, if the return value is
6123/// being lowered to memory.
6124LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType,
6125 AttributeList attr,
6126 SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &Outs,
6127 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL);
6128
6129} // end namespace llvm
6130
6131#endif // LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
return SDValue()
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock & MBB
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI
Function Alias Analysis Results
Atomic ordering constants.
This file contains the simple types necessary to represent the attributes associated with functions a...
#define X(NUM, ENUM, NAME)
Definition ELF.h:856
block Block Frequency Analysis
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
#define LLVM_ABI
Definition Compiler.h:215
#define LLVM_READONLY
Definition Compiler.h:324
This file defines the DenseMap class.
const HexagonInstrInfo * TII
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo, const APInt &Demanded)
Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a constant integer.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define RegName(no)
lazy value info
Implement a low-level type suitable for MachineInstr level instruction selection.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
Register const TargetRegisterInfo * TRI
Promote Memory to Register
Definition Mem2Reg.cpp:110
ConstantRange Range(APInt(BitWidth, Low), APInt(BitWidth, High))
uint64_t High
PowerPC Reduce CR logical Operation
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static cl::opt< RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode > Mode("regalloc-enable-advisor", cl::Hidden, cl::init(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default), cl::desc("Enable regalloc advisor mode"), cl::values(clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default, "default", "Default"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Release, "release", "precompiled"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Development, "development", "for training")))
static Type * getValueType(Value *V, bool LookThroughCmp=false)
Returns the "element type" of the given value/instruction V.
This file defines the SmallVector class.
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
static SDValue scalarizeVectorStore(StoreSDNode *Store, MVT StoreVT, SelectionDAG &DAG)
Scalarize a vector store, bitcasting to TargetVT to determine the scalar type.
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1513
Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
An instruction that atomically checks whether a specified value is in a memory location,...
an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, combines it with another value,...
bool isFloatingPointOperation() const
BinOp getOperation() const
This class holds the attributes for a particular argument, parameter, function, or return value.
Definition Attributes.h:407
LLVM_ABI bool getValueAsBool() const
Return the attribute's value as a boolean.
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
CCState - This class holds information needed while lowering arguments and return values.
CCValAssign - Represent assignment of one arg/retval to a location.
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
This class represents a range of values.
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned size() const
Definition DenseMap.h:172
constexpr bool isScalar() const
Exactly one element.
Definition TypeSize.h:320
This is a fast-path instruction selection class that generates poor code and doesn't support illegal ...
Definition FastISel.h:67
FunctionLoweringInfo - This contains information that is global to a function that is used when lower...
Class to represent function types.
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
bool isVarArg() const
Attribute getFnAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const
Return the attribute for the given attribute kind.
Definition Function.cpp:758
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:114
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
static LLT integer(unsigned SizeInBits)
This is an important class for using LLVM in a threaded context.
Definition LLVMContext.h:68
Tracks which library functions to use for a particular subtarget.
An instruction for reading from memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::LOAD nodes.
Represents a single loop in the control flow graph.
Definition LoopInfo.h:40
Context object for machine code objects.
Definition MCContext.h:83
Base class for the full range of assembler expressions which are needed for parsing.
Definition MCExpr.h:34
MCRegisterClass - Base class of TargetRegisterClass.
Machine Value Type.
@ INVALID_SIMPLE_VALUE_TYPE
SimpleValueType SimpleTy
uint64_t getScalarSizeInBits() const
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
bool isPow2VectorType() const
Returns true if the given vector is a power of 2.
ElementCount getVectorElementCount() const
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid simple valuetype.
static MVT getIntegerVT(unsigned BitWidth)
Instructions::iterator instr_iterator
Representation of each machine instruction.
A description of a memory reference used in the backend.
Flags
Flags values. These may be or'd together.
MachineRegisterInfo - Keep track of information for virtual and physical registers,...
LLVM_ABI bool hasOneNonDBGUse(Register RegNo) const
hasOneNonDBGUse - Return true if there is exactly one non-Debug use of the specified register.
This is an abstract virtual class for memory operations.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:67
Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:294
A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator in the low bits of the poi...
Analysis providing profile information.
Wrapper class representing virtual and physical registers.
Definition Register.h:20
Wrapper class for IR location info (IR ordering and DebugLoc) to be passed into SDNode creation funct...
Represents one node in the SelectionDAG.
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this node.
bool use_empty() const
Return true if there are no uses of this node.
Unlike LLVM values, Selection DAG nodes may return multiple values as the result of a computation.
SDNode * getNode() const
get the SDNode which holds the desired result
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one node using value ResNo of Node, in exactly one operand.
EVT getValueType() const
Return the ValueType of the referenced return value.
const SDValue & getOperand(unsigned i) const
unsigned getOpcode() const
This is used to represent a portion of an LLVM function in a low-level Data Dependence DAG representa...
LLVM_ABI SDValue getConstantFP(double Val, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, bool isTarget=false)
Create a ConstantFPSDNode wrapping a constant value.
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
LLVM_ABI void RemoveDeadNode(SDNode *N)
Remove the specified node from the system.
LLVM_ABI SDValue getNode(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, ArrayRef< SDUse > Ops)
Gets or creates the specified node.
LLVMContext * getContext() const
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::STORE nodes.
Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:56
Multiway switch.
TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node=SDValue())
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node, Type *Ty)
Type * Ty
Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
Type * OrigTy
Original unlegalized argument type.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
void setTypeAction(MVT VT, LegalizeTypeAction Action)
This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent parts that can be used from ...
virtual Value * emitStoreConditional(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Val, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, EVT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or unlikely to be made legal with cu...
EVT getMemValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual void emitBitTestAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool requiresUniformRegister(MachineFunction &MF, const Value *) const
Allows target to decide about the register class of the specific value that is live outside the defin...
void setBooleanVectorContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a vector of i1 to a wider ty...
virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
virtual bool lowerDeinterleaveIntrinsicToLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, IntrinsicInst *DI, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified type and indicate what to do a...
virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const
virtual bool decomposeMulByConstant(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, SDValue C) const
Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer multiplication-by-constant into simpler opera...
void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const
Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation: X = ~A & B This can be used to simplify se...
ReciprocalEstimate
Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
bool PredictableSelectIsExpensive
Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if the branch is usually predict...
virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Targets can use this to indicate that they only support some VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations,...
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingOperationSupported(ComplexDeinterleavingOperation Operation, Type *Ty) const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation and type.
virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const
Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x) where the sext is redundant,...
bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
SDValue promoteTargetBoolean(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Bool, EVT ValVT) const
Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const
Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD.
virtual bool shouldReduceLoadWidth(SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT, std::optional< unsigned > ByteOffset=std::nullopt) const
Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
EVT getValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type.
LegalizeAction
This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not, what action should be used...
virtual bool shouldExpandBuildVectorWithShuffles(EVT, unsigned DefinedValues) const
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind) const
CallingConv::ID getLibcallCallingConv(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpyOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
MachineBasicBlock * emitPatchPoint(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const
Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent sequence of memory operands that...
virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const
Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded with instruction generated for...
virtual bool preferSelectsOverBooleanArithmetic(EVT VT) const
Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types.
virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is the target has icmp instructi...
virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const
Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient.
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent=false) const
Return the register class that should be used for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, bool MathUsed) const
Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG node operation.
ShiftLegalizationStrategy
Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with ExpansionFactor being the recu...
virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const
Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any extend node) is profitable.
virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const
Return if the target supports combining a chain like:
virtual Value * createComplexDeinterleavingIR(IRBuilderBase &B, ComplexDeinterleavingOperation OperationType, ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB, Value *Accumulator=nullptr) const
Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
virtual bool shouldConvertConstantLoadToIntImm(const APInt &Imm, Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to just the constant itself.
virtual MVT::SimpleValueType getCmpLibcallReturnType() const
Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls.
virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which may require a scale is support...
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
unsigned getMaximumLegalStoreInBits() const
Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable vectors.
virtual bool shouldOptimizeMulOverflowWithZeroHighBits(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicRMWInIR(const AtomicRMWInst *RMW) const
Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given AtomicRMW, if at all.
virtual Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference(SDNode *) const
Some scheduler, e.g.
virtual MachineInstr * EmitKCFICheck(MachineBasicBlock &MBB, MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator &MBBI, const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const
void setMinStackArgumentAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if Load and Ext can form an ExtLoad.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
virtual bool isLegalScaleForGatherScatter(uint64_t Scale, uint64_t ElemSize) const
EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than zero-extension.
virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce ordering for this atomic.
virtual AtomicOrdering atomicOperationOrderAfterFenceSplit(const Instruction *I) const
MVT getVectorIdxTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT...
bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(LLT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
LLT handling variant.
virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT) const
Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to expand memcpy / memset inline.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicCmpXchg(AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI) const
Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicRMWArg(unsigned Op) const
Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input argument to be extended (ZERO_EXT...
const TargetMachine & getTargetMachine() const
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmp
Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
virtual unsigned getNumRegistersForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types.
bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const
Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const Instruction &I) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add target-specific MachineMemOperand fl...
unsigned MaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy
Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy implicitly zero-extends the...
bool isPaddedAtMostSignificantBitsWhenStored(EVT VT) const
Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits when storing the type to me...
virtual MVT getRegisterTypeForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types are legal for some operations a...
void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type in a single call.
LegalizeTypeAction
This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not, what action should be used to...
virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const
If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the frame pointer (or whichever poi...
unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const
Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction the backend supports.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicRMWIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicRMWInst *AI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr, Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const
Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setTruncStoreAction...
bool enableExtLdPromotion() const
Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that turns ext(promotableInst1(....
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode, LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with the specified type and ind...
void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes)
bool isOperationLegalOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal using promotion.
void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn=true)
Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth)
Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction: (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0 This knowledge can be us...
MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicCmpXchgInIR(const AtomicCmpXchgInst *AI) const
Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const
EVT getLegalTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
virtual Value * emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the corresponding pointee type.
void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
const LibcallLoweringInfo & getLibcallLoweringInfo() const
virtual unsigned getNumRegisters(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, std::optional< MVT > RegisterVT=std::nullopt) const
Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const
Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
bool isJumpExpensive() const
Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be avoided.
virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const
LegalizeAction getCondCodeAction(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be expanded to some oth...
bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const
Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x) On arch...
LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the specified type and indicate w...
CallingConv::ID getLibcallImplCallingConv(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall implementation.
void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred loop alignment.
virtual bool areTwoSDNodeTargetMMOFlagsMergeable(const MemSDNode &NodeX, const MemSDNode &NodeY) const
Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the backend.
virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &, EVT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP immediate natively.
LegalizeAction getTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to ...
virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type at the given index is cheap.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool optimizeFMulOrFDivAsShiftAddBitcast(SDNode *N, SDValue FPConst, SDValue IntPow2) const
SelectSupportKind
Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const
LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
virtual bool shouldTransformSignedTruncationCheck(EVT XVT, unsigned KeptBits) const
Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation down into KeptBits would be trun...
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode, EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const
Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified register class are all legal.
virtual TargetLoweringBase::LegalizeTypeAction getPreferredVectorAction(MVT VT) const
Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding whether a call is in tail ...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type is legal.
virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const
Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires extending.
virtual unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are always broken down into scal...
Register getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore() const
If a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save...
virtual StringRef getStackProbeSymbolName(const MachineFunction &MF) const
LegalizeAction getFixedPointOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but only for specific scales.
virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const
bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicOps() const
Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND,...
Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference() const
Return target scheduling preference.
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(EVT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
virtual LLT getOptimalMemOpLLT(const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
LLT returning variant.
void setMinFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's minimum function alignment.
bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether the type is legal or not.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemsetOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const
Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into a constant pool load whose a...
bool hasBigEndianPartOrdering(EVT VT, const DataLayout &DL) const
When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo or Hi part come first?
virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty string if not applicable.
bool isSlowDivBypassed() const
Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
virtual Align getABIAlignmentForCallingConv(Type *ArgTy, const DataLayout &DL) const
Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one type has the alignment requi...
virtual bool isExtractSubvectorCheap(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is cheap for extracting this result type from this source type with ...
virtual bool isMulAddWithConstProfitable(SDValue AddNode, SDValue ConstNode) const
Return true if it may be profitable to transform (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x,...
virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const
Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
bool isPartialReduceMLALegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is legal or custom for this targ...
virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmove
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
virtual bool shouldNormalizeToSelectSequence(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT CCVT) const
Returns true if we should normalize select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X,...
bool isSuitableForBitTests(const DenseMap< const BasicBlock *, unsigned int > &DestCmps, const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case clusters which contains NumDests ...
virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const
Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Sele...
virtual bool shallExtractConstSplatVectorElementToStore(Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const
Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store given that the vector is kno...
virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type ToTy.
virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const
Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that can be used to store the results...
unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const
Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp.
bool isStrictFPEnabled() const
Return true if the target support strict float operation.
virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const
Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given amount is not profitable.
virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic semantics for pointers wit...
virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because single-precision floating-point numb...
virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics.
virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmoveOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithSingleBitTest(EVT VT, const APInt &AndMask) const
MVT getSimpleValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const
For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits of boolean values held in ty...
virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const
void addRegisterClass(MVT VT, const TargetRegisterClass *RC)
Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the specified value type.
virtual CondMergingParams getJumpConditionMergingParams(Instruction::BinaryOps, const Value *, const Value *, const Function *) const
bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of the specified types on this ...
virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx, unsigned &Cost) const
Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,Idx).
bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
MVT getProgramPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program address space specified through...
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the specified type and indicate ...
virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const
void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported)
Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const
Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const
These two forms are equivalent: sub y, (xor x, -1) add (add x, 1), y The variant with two add's is IR...
virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const
If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant of the specified type to a ...
virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the data layou...
void setPrefFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred function alignment.
unsigned getMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the target has add instruction...
virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const
Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const
Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register passed to the fp16 to fp conve...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicRMWIInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work with the specified type and in...
virtual bool canTransformPtrArithOutOfBounds(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds in...
virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const
const ValueTypeActionImpl & getValueTypeActions() const
virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM, const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI)
NOTE: The TargetMachine owns TLOF.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemset
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
virtual bool shouldExpandVectorMatch(EVT VT, unsigned SearchSize) const
Return true if the @llvm.experimental.vector.match intrinsic should be expanded for vector type ‘VT’ ...
virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const
virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const
Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done instead of deferring to a cust...
virtual bool shouldProduceAndByConstByHoistingConstFromShiftsLHSOfAnd(SDValue X, ConstantSDNode *XC, ConstantSDNode *CC, SDValue Y, unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Given the pattern (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 return true if it should be transformed into: ((X <</l>>...
virtual bool shouldInsertTrailingSeqCstFenceForAtomicStore(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing fence without reducing the or...
virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treate...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the specified type and indicate what ...
bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for operands of fence.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicCmpXchgIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicCmpSwapArg() const
Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison value to be extended (ZERO_...
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT, unsigned SelectOpcode, SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity constant is profitable.
BooleanContent
Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF, bool IsScalable) const
virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const
Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of several shifts,...
virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy preferredShiftLegalizationStrategy(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDNode *N, unsigned ExpansionFactor) const
virtual uint8_t getRepRegClassCostFor(MVT VT) const
Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
bool isOperationLegalOrCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
LegalizeAction getPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treated.
bool isPredictableSelectExpensive() const
Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is unlikely to be predicted right...
virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const
Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition to before legalization.
virtual bool shouldIssueAtomicLoadForAtomicEmulationLoop(void) const
virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const
Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there are functions calls betwee...
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const
Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise RTLIB::Unsupported.
virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const
unsigned getGatherAllAliasesMaxDepth() const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomOperationAction(SDNode &Op) const
How to legalize this custom operation?
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const
IR version.
virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target should transform: (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0 (X & Y) !...
virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT, unsigned NumElem, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector constant with the given size and ...
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmpOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const
Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare integer values of the give...
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const
Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const
Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to DestVT.
LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a ...
virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const
Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val from a pair of smaller values int...
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const
Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together.
virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
virtual bool shouldFoldMaskToVariableShiftPair(SDValue X) const
There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high): Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine c...
virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const
Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not MinSize).
unsigned getMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported() const
Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by the backend.
bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits)
Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
LegalizeAction getStrictFPOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
void setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore(Register R)
If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm....
virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const
void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults to trying a larger integer/...
virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst *, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &, Type *&) const
CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the add...
virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const
AtomicExpansionKind
Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded to, if at all.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the target and indicate what to d...
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent IntTy, BooleanContent FloatTy)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
const DenseMap< unsigned int, unsigned int > & getBypassSlowDivWidths() const
Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding fast types.
void setOperationPromotedToType(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
unsigned getMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, LLT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this target.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
virtual void getTgtMemIntrinsic(SmallVectorImpl< IntrinsicInfo > &Infos, const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF, unsigned Intrinsic) const
Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map to a MemIntrinsicNode (tou...
virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const
Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Se...
virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const
Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to a larger type.
virtual bool lowerInterleaveIntrinsicToStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< Value * > InterleaveValues) const
Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
AndOrSETCCFoldKind
Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...), (setcc ....
virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const
Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an extract element followed by a ...
Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const
Return the preferred function alignment.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const
Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const
Return the minimum function alignment.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
void setTargetDAGCombine(ArrayRef< ISD::NodeType > NTs)
Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that they want to provide a custom...
virtual bool isCtlzFast() const
Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
virtual bool useSoftFloat() const
virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x,...
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(EVT Type) const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setLoadExtAction an...
bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset, int64_t MaxOffset) const
Return the prefered common base offset.
virtual bool isVectorClearMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal.
LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to happen to EVT (second) in ord...
Align getMinStackArgumentAlignment() const
Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT, bool IsSigned) const
Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT conversion operations - canonica...
void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the specified type and indicate wh...
bool hasTargetDAGCombine(ISD::NodeType NT) const
If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can perform for the specified node...
void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl)
virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const
unsigned GatherAllAliasesMaxDepth
Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain dependencies when trying to find a more...
virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const
Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef vector is more efficiently hand...
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
NegatibleCost
Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already legal (return 'Legal') or we ...
virtual unsigned preferedOpcodeForCmpEqPiecesOfOperand(EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate, const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt, const std::optional< APInt > &AndMask) const
virtual void emitCmpArithAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const
Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
virtual Register getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception address on entry to an ...
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const
Returns true if MI can be combined with another instruction to form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const
Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
const char * getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is the target has add instructi...
std::vector< ArgListEntry > ArgListTy
virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst *, unsigned &, Align &) const
Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning the object whose address is ...
virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const
Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this target.
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const MemSDNode &Node) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
virtual EVT getOptimalMemOpType(LLVMContext &Context, const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as a result of memset,...
virtual Type * shouldConvertSplatType(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) const
Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new scalar type of size equal to SVI...
virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free (either because it's implicit...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const
virtual LLVM_READONLY LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const
Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted amount type is ShiftValueTy.
bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const
Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.
LLT getVectorIdxLLT(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,...
virtual EVT getAsmOperandValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
bool isCondCodeLegalOrCustom(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a comparison of the specified type...
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpy
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
MVT getFrameIndexTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for frame index, which is determined by the alloca address space specified through th...
virtual Register getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception typeid on entry to a la...
virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the ...
bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
void setSchedulingPreference(Sched::Preference Pref)
Specify the target scheduling preference.
virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const
Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local storage (TLS).
MVT getRegisterType(MVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom on this target.
virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const
Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored or bitcast to type 'To',...
virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a store instruction.
virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const
Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code gen prepare.
LegalizeAction getOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger siz...
virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< ShuffleVectorInst * > Shuffles, ArrayRef< unsigned > Indices, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics.
virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations.
MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const
If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the ValueType to promote to.
virtual bool generateFMAsInMachineCombiner(EVT VT, CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const
virtual LoadInst * lowerIdempotentRMWIntoFencedLoad(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value (such as fetch_add of 0) can b...
virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM, Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Instruction *I=nullptr) const
Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this target, for a load/store of th...
virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT, Align &) const
Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load two loaded values of type LoadedType...
virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const
Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be transformed into simple math ops...
bool isOperationLegalOrCustomOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
virtual bool optimizeExtendOrTruncateConversion(Instruction *I, Loop *L, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const
Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like zext, trunc,...
virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const
Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes: ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB,...
std::pair< LegalizeTypeAction, EVT > LegalizeKind
LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT in order to type-legalize it.
TargetLoweringBase & operator=(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
MulExpansionKind
Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content)
const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo & getRuntimeLibcallsInfo() const
virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const
Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT from min(max(fptoi)) satur...
virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const
Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
virtual ConstraintWeight getMultipleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const
Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
SmallVector< ConstraintPair > ConstraintGroup
virtual SDValue getSqrtEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps, bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const
Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square roots.
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const MachineInstr &MI, bool IsAfterLegal) const
GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its oper...
virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const
Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode *, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, SelectionDAG &) const
This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the target, and the operation was reg...
virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &) const
Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node only.
virtual bool supportSwiftError() const
Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute.
virtual SDValue visitMaskedLoad(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr, SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const
virtual unsigned getPreferredShrunkVectorSizeInBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts) const
If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the returned size in bits by c...
SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive.
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue N0, SDValue N1) const
virtual EVT getTypeForExtReturn(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, ISD::NodeType) const
Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a zeroext/signext integer return value.
SDValue getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, const NegatibleCost CostThreshold=NegatibleCost::Neutral, unsigned Depth=0) const
virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char *RegName, LLT Ty, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Return the register ID of the name passed in.
virtual InlineAsm::ConstraintCode getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const
virtual bool targetShrinkDemandedConstant(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
std::vector< AsmOperandInfo > AsmOperandInfoVector
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalConstantNode(SDValue Op) const
Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the target, which should not be ...
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const
Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and not be transformed.
SDValue getCheaperNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only when the cost is cheaper.
virtual SDValue prepareVolatileOrAtomicLoad(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
virtual SDValue emitStackGuardMixFP(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Val, const SDLoc &DL) const
virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad blocks.
virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const
Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const
virtual bool splitValueIntoRegisterParts(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register storing a legal type.
virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue, EVT &) const
This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to promote the specified node.
virtual SDValue joinRegisterPartsIntoValue(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value.
virtual void insertCopiesSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry, const SmallVectorImpl< MachineBasicBlock * > &Exits) const
Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks.
virtual SDValue LowerCall(CallLoweringInfo &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified DAG.
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned, EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type and it is 'desirable' to us...
~TargetLowering() override
TargetLowering & operator=(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const
GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine: shl ([sza]ext x),...
bool isPositionIndependent() const
std::pair< StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType > ConstraintPair
virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, NegatibleCost &Cost, unsigned Depth=0) const
Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and set the cost in Cost to indicate...
virtual ConstraintWeight getSingleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const
Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
virtual bool isIndexingLegal(MachineInstr &MI, Register Base, Register Offset, bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const
Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing mode for this target.
ConstraintGroup getConstraintPreferences(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo) const
Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a sorted Vector of pairs of constra...
virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const
Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly via copies.
virtual bool isSDNodeSourceOfDivergence(const SDNode *N, FunctionLoweringInfo *FLI, UniformityInfo *UA) const
virtual SDValue getRecipEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const
Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
virtual std::pair< unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass * > getRegForInlineAsmConstraint(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const
Given a physical register constraint (e.g.
virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode *N) const
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift to create a logical shift of NOT...
TargetLowering(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool shouldSimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by converting them to undefs.
virtual SDValue LowerFormalArguments(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::InputArg > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments, described by the Ins array,...
virtual AsmOperandInfoVector ParseConstraints(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, const CallBase &Call) const
Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the specific constraints and their...
virtual SDValue getSqrtResultForDenormInput(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for use with a square root esti...
virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if this node ...
virtual bool shouldSplitFunctionArgumentsAsLittleEndian(const DataLayout &DL) const
For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple smaller types.
virtual ArrayRef< MCPhysReg > getRoundingControlRegisters() const
Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be attached into strict FP call.
virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, const SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described by the Outs array,...
virtual bool functionArgumentNeedsConsecutiveRegisters(Type *Ty, CallingConv::ID CallConv, bool isVarArg, const DataLayout &DL) const
For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple simple types,...
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const SDNode *N, CombineLevel Level) const
Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its operand,...
virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo, SDValue Op, SelectionDAG *DAG=nullptr) const
Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific AsmOperandInfo,...
virtual SDValue visitMaskedStore(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val, SDValue Mask) const
virtual const MCExpr * LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *, const MachineBasicBlock *, unsigned, MCContext &) const
virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const
virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const
If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering ...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as LC.
virtual FastISel * createFastISel(FunctionLoweringInfo &, const TargetLibraryInfo *, const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const
This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the target does not support "fast" ...
virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const
Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same divisor.
virtual AndOrSETCCFoldKind isDesirableToCombineLogicOpOfSETCC(const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const
virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const
Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
virtual const MCPhysReg * getScratchRegisters(CallingConv::ID CC) const
Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as scratch registers.
virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if the node's...
SDValue getVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index, const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags=SDNodeFlags()) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const
Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given machine function is handled ex...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, Register N0, Register N1) const
virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const
Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail call.
virtual bool isInlineAsmTargetBranch(const SmallVectorImpl< StringRef > &AsmStrs, unsigned OpNo) const
On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP instruction, which can use eithe...
SDValue getInboundsVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC, ArgListTy &Args) const
virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID, MachineFunction &, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, LLVMContext &, const Type *RetTy) const
This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values described by the Outs array can fi...
virtual bool isXAndYEqZeroPreferableToXAndYEqY(ISD::CondCode, EVT) const
virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned, EVT) const
Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating point op of specified opcode...
Primary interface to the complete machine description for the target machine.
TargetRegisterInfo base class - We assume that the target defines a static array of TargetRegisterDes...
TargetSubtargetInfo - Generic base class for all target subtargets.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Target - Wrapper for Target specific information.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:46
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:288
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:282
bool isFloatingPointTy() const
Return true if this is one of the floating-point types.
Definition Type.h:186
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:257
This is the common base class for vector predication intrinsics.
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:255
CallInst * Call
#define UINT64_MAX
Definition DataTypes.h:77
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ Fast
Attempts to make calls as fast as possible (e.g.
Definition CallingConv.h:41
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
NodeType
ISD::NodeType enum - This enum defines the target-independent operators for a SelectionDAG.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:41
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SMLA
PARTIAL_REDUCE_[U|S]MLA(Accumulator, Input1, Input2) The partial reduction nodes sign or zero extend ...
@ SMUL_LOHI
SMUL_LOHI/UMUL_LOHI - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing a signed/unsigned value of type i[2...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:275
@ SMULFIX
RESULT = [US]MULFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point multiplication on 2 integers with the same...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:394
@ ADDC
Carry-setting nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:294
@ FMAD
FMAD - Perform a * b + c, while getting the same result as the separately rounded operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:524
@ ADD
Simple integer binary arithmetic operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:264
@ SMULFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:400
@ ANY_EXTEND
ANY_EXTEND - Used for integer types. The high bits are undefined.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:863
@ PSEUDO_FMIN
PSEUDO_FMIN is strictly equivalent to op0 olt op1 ?
@ FADD
Simple binary floating point operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:417
@ CLMUL
Carry-less multiplication operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:780
@ SDIVFIX
RESULT = [US]DIVFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point division on 2 integers with the same width...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:407
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_UMLA
@ SIGN_EXTEND
Conversion operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:854
@ AVGCEILS
AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU - Rounding averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+2],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:717
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_FMLA
@ BRIND
BRIND - Indirect branch.
@ BR_JT
BR_JT - Jumptable branch.
@ SSUBSAT
RESULT = [US]SUBSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation subtraction on 2 integers with the same bit width ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:374
@ SPLAT_VECTOR
SPLAT_VECTOR(VAL) - Returns a vector with the scalar value VAL duplicated in all lanes.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:674
@ SADDO
RESULT, BOOL = [SU]ADDO(LHS, RHS) - Overflow-aware nodes for addition.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:348
@ MULHU
MULHU/MULHS - Multiply high - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing an unsigned/signed value of...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:706
@ SHL
Shift and rotation operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:771
@ FMINNUM_IEEE
FMINNUM_IEEE/FMAXNUM_IEEE - Perform floating-point minimumNumber or maximumNumber on two values,...
@ ZERO_EXTEND
ZERO_EXTEND - Used for integer types, zeroing the new bits.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:860
@ FMINNUM
FMINNUM/FMAXNUM - Perform floating-point minimum maximum on two values, following IEEE-754 definition...
@ SMIN
[US]{MIN/MAX} - Binary minimum or maximum of signed or unsigned integers.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:729
@ SDIVFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:413
@ STRICT_FP_TO_UINT
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:480
@ STRICT_FP_TO_SINT
STRICT_FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:479
@ FMINIMUM
FMINIMUM/FMAXIMUM - NaN-propagating minimum/maximum that also treat -0.0 as less than 0....
@ FP_TO_SINT
FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:936
@ AND
Bitwise operators - logical and, logical or, logical xor.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:741
@ AVGFLOORS
AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU - Averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+1],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:712
@ ADDE
Carry-using nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:304
@ SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS
SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS(SCALAR1, SCALAR2, ...) - Returns a vector with the scalar values joined together a...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:683
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SUMLA
@ SADDSAT
RESULT = [US]ADDSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation addition on 2 integers with the same bit width (W)...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:365
@ FMINIMUMNUM
FMINIMUMNUM/FMAXIMUMNUM - minimumnum/maximumnum that is same with FMINNUM_IEEE and FMAXNUM_IEEE besid...
@ ABDS
ABDS/ABDU - Absolute difference - Return the absolute difference between two numbers interpreted as s...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:724
static const int LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE
MemIndexedMode
MemIndexedMode enum - This enum defines the load / store indexed addressing modes.
CondCode
ISD::CondCode enum - These are ordered carefully to make the bitfields below work out,...
LoadExtType
LoadExtType enum - This enum defines the three variants of LOADEXT (load with extension).
This namespace contains an enum with a value for every intrinsic/builtin function known by LLVM.
@ System
Synchronized with respect to all concurrently executing threads.
Definition LLVMContext.h:58
This namespace contains all of the command line option processing machinery.
Definition MCSchedule.h:35
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
GenericUniformityInfo< SSAContext > UniformityInfo
@ Low
Lower the current thread's priority such that it does not affect foreground tasks significantly.
Definition Threading.h:280
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:573
void fill(R &&Range, T &&Value)
Provide wrappers to std::fill which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1759
LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType, AttributeList attr, SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &Outs, const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL)
Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value EVTs and flags,...
InstructionCost Cost
@ Known
Known to have no common set bits.
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
bool isAligned(Align Lhs, uint64_t SizeInBytes)
Checks that SizeInBytes is a multiple of the alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:134
constexpr int popcount(T Value) noexcept
Count the number of set bits in a value.
Definition bit.h:156
unsigned Log2_64(uint64_t Value)
Return the floor log base 2 of the specified value, -1 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:337
LLVM_ABI bool isConstTrueVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Returns true if given the TargetLowering's boolean contents information, the value Val contains a tru...
Definition Utils.cpp:1619
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
CodeGenOptLevel
Code generation optimization level.
Definition CodeGen.h:82
@ Default
-O2, -Os, -Oz
Definition CodeGen.h:85
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT AnalysisKey InnerAnalysisManagerProxy< AnalysisManagerT, IRUnitT, ExtraArgTs... >::Key
AtomicOrdering
Atomic ordering for LLVM's memory model.
LLVM_ABI EVT getApproximateEVTForLLT(LLT Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx)
TargetTransformInfo TTI
CombineLevel
Definition DAGCombine.h:15
@ AfterLegalizeDAG
Definition DAGCombine.h:19
@ AfterLegalizeVectorOps
Definition DAGCombine.h:18
@ BeforeLegalizeTypes
Definition DAGCombine.h:16
uint16_t MCPhysReg
An unsigned integer type large enough to represent all physical registers, but not necessarily virtua...
Definition MCRegister.h:21
LLVM_ABI bool isInTailCallPosition(const CallBase &Call, const TargetMachine &TM, bool ReturnsFirstArg=false)
Test if the given instruction is in a position to be optimized with a tail-call.
Definition Analysis.cpp:539
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool isConstFalseVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Definition Utils.cpp:1632
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out)
Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1917
UndefPoisonKind
Enumeration to track whether we are interested in Undef, Poison, or both.
Definition UndefPoison.h:20
static cl::opt< unsigned > CostThreshold("dfa-cost-threshold", cl::desc("Maximum cost accepted for the transformation"), cl::Hidden, cl::init(50))
MCRegisterClass TargetRegisterClass
Definition FastISel.h:58
LLVM_ABI void reportFatalUsageError(Error Err)
Report a fatal error that does not indicate a bug in LLVM.
Definition Error.cpp:177
Implement std::hash so that hash_code can be used in STL containers.
Definition BitVector.h:860
#define N
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (non-zero power of two) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:39
constexpr uint64_t value() const
This is a hole in the type system and should not be abused.
Definition Alignment.h:77
Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and outputs.
Extended Value Type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:35
bool isSimple() const
Test if the given EVT is simple (as opposed to being extended).
Definition ValueTypes.h:145
static EVT getVectorVT(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, unsigned NumElements, bool IsScalable=false)
Returns the EVT that represents a vector NumElements in length, where each element is of type VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:70
bool bitsLT(EVT VT) const
Return true if this has less bits than VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:323
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:155
TypeSize getSizeInBits() const
Return the size of the specified value type in bits.
Definition ValueTypes.h:396
bool isByteSized() const
Return true if the bit size is a multiple of 8.
Definition ValueTypes.h:266
static LLVM_ABI EVT getEVT(Type *Ty, bool HandleUnknown=false)
Return the value type corresponding to the specified type.
MVT getSimpleVT() const
Return the SimpleValueType held in the specified simple EVT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:339
bool isVector() const
Return true if this is a vector value type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:176
bool isExtended() const
Test if the given EVT is extended (as opposed to being simple).
Definition ValueTypes.h:150
bool isScalarInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer, but not a vector.
Definition ValueTypes.h:165
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:160
ConstraintInfo()=default
Default constructor.
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (power of two) or undefined (0) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:106
bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isFixedDstAlign() const
uint64_t size() const
static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile)
Align getDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const
bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile, bool MemcpyStrSrc=false)
bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmoveWithFixedDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const
bool isMemmove() const
bool isMemset() const
bool isMemcpy() const
static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile)
bool isZeroMemset() const
bool isVolatile() const
Align getSrcAlign() const
A simple container for information about the supported runtime calls.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl CallImpl)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
These are IR-level optimization flags that may be propagated to SDNodes.
This represents an addressing mode of: BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*...
std::optional< unsigned > fallbackAddressSpace
PointerUnion< const Value *, const PseudoSourceValue * > ptrVal
This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
AsmOperandInfo(InlineAsm::ConstraintInfo Info)
Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
MVT ConstraintVT
The ValueType for the operand value.
TargetLowering::ConstraintType ConstraintType
Information about the constraint code, e.g.
std::string ConstraintCode
This contains the actual string for the code, like "m".
Value * CallOperandVal
If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null, otherwise it is the incoming operand...
This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering calls.
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergent(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDeactivationSymbol(GlobalValue *Sym)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(Type *ResultType, FunctionType *FTy, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, const CallBase &Call)
CallLoweringInfo & setCFIType(const ConstantInt *Type)
CallLoweringInfo & setInRegister(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
SmallVector< ISD::InputArg, 32 > Ins
CallLoweringInfo & setVarArg(bool Value=true)
Type * OrigRetTy
Original unlegalized return type.
std::optional< PtrAuthInfo > PAI
CallLoweringInfo & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setZExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPatchPoint(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDebugLoc(const SDLoc &dl)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
CallLoweringInfo & setTailCall(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPreallocated(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setSExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergenceControlToken(SDValue Token)
SmallVector< ISD::OutputArg, 32 > Outs
Type * RetTy
Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
CallLoweringInfo & setChain(SDValue InChain)
CallLoweringInfo & setPtrAuth(PtrAuthInfo Value)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, AttributeSet ResultAttrs={})
DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setTypeListBeforeSoften(ArrayRef< EVT > OpsVT, EVT RetVT)
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsSigned(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setOpsTypeOverrides(ArrayRef< Type * > OpsTypes)
Override the argument type for an operand.
This structure contains the information necessary for lowering pointer-authenticating indirect calls.
A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for returning information from TargetL...
TargetLoweringOpt(SelectionDAG &InDAG, bool LT, bool LO)